1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % for customized page headers/footers
48 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
50 % change header rule width
51 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
53 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
54 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
55 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
57 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
59 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
65 \maintain_unincluded_children false
67 \language_package default
72 \font_typewriter default
73 \font_default_family default
74 \use_non_tex_fonts false
81 \default_output_format default
83 \bibtex_command default
84 \index_command default
88 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
89 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
93 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
94 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
95 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
100 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
101 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
111 \paperorientation portrait
114 \notefontcolor #0000ff
131 \paragraph_separation indent
132 \paragraph_indentation default
133 \quotes_language english
136 \paperpagestyle default
137 \tracking_changes false
138 \output_changes false
156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
158 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
160 \begin_inset CommandInset href
162 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 \begin_inset Newline newline
181 \begin_inset Note Note
184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
185 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
186 \begin_inset Newline newline
191 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
199 \begin_layout Standard
200 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
201 LatexCommand tableofcontents
208 \begin_layout Chapter
212 \begin_layout Section
216 \begin_layout Standard
217 LyX is a document preparation system.
218 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
219 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
220 It is unlike most other
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
230 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
246 pt type, left justified, 5
247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
255 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
259 \begin_layout Standard
260 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
273 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
277 \begin_layout Standard
279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
290 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
291 the format of all of the manuals.
292 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
293 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
310 \begin_layout Section
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
317 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
318 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
322 \begin_layout Standard
323 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
324 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
325 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
327 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
328 only a vertical scrollbar.
329 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
330 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
331 This, however, is due
332 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
333 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
334 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
335 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
337 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
338 this doesn't work for equations yet.
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
350 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
355 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
356 ing sections of this documentation.
359 \begin_layout Section
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
369 of the manuals from inside LyX.
370 Just select the manual you want read from the
377 \begin_layout Section
379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
381 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
388 \begin_layout Standard
389 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
390 without resorting to configuration files.
391 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
392 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
393 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
398 \begin_inset Index idx
401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
408 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
409 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
414 \begin_inset space \space{}
417 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
418 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
420 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
424 \begin_inset Index idx
427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
428 Reconfiguration of LyX
433 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
436 \begin_layout Section
438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
440 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
447 \begin_layout Standard
448 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
449 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
451 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
452 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
456 \begin_layout Standard
457 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
459 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
460 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
463 \begin_layout Standard
464 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
465 you can view from the menu
467 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
487 reconfigure LyX (menu
489 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
493 \begin_inset Note Note
496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
497 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
505 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
506 More about TeX Code is described in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
517 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
524 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
534 \begin_inset Index idx
537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
538 Reconfiguration of LyX
543 See section 5.1 of the
547 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
550 \begin_layout Chapter
554 \begin_layout Section
555 Basic File Operations
556 \begin_inset Index idx
559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
568 \begin_layout Standard
573 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
574 in addition to some more advanced operations:
577 \begin_layout Itemize
589 \begin_layout Itemize
607 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
625 \begin_layout Itemize
637 \begin_layout Itemize
647 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 \begin_layout Itemize
689 arg "dialog-show print"
695 \begin_layout Itemize
701 \begin_layout Standard
702 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
703 a few minor differences.
706 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
721 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
722 you for a template to use.
723 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
724 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
725 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
733 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
740 \begin_layout Standard
741 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
773 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
774 space is just that — a big, blank space.
782 \begin_layout Standard
803 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
808 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
833 will reload the document from disk.
834 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
835 and want to restore it to the last save.
844 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
845 can identify them as your changes.
848 \begin_layout Section
849 Basic Editing Features
850 \begin_inset Index idx
853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
862 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
869 \begin_layout Standard
870 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
871 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
872 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
873 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
875 We'll start with cut and paste.
878 \begin_layout Standard
879 As you might expect, the
883 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
884 various other editing features.
885 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
889 \begin_layout Itemize
903 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
931 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_layout Itemize
951 \begin_layout Itemize
967 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
973 \begin_layout Standard
974 The first three are self-explanatory.
975 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
976 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
985 keys also function as the
990 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
991 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
996 to get back the lost text.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1000 \begin_inset Index idx
1003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1009 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1021 \begin_layout Standard
1024 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1029 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1031 \begin_inset space ~
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1040 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1046 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1050 \begin_inset space ~
1055 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1056 will start a new paragraph.
1059 \begin_layout Standard
1060 \begin_inset Index idx
1063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1070 \begin_inset Index idx
1073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1081 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1095 \begin_inset space ~
1099 \begin_inset space ~
1105 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1110 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1113 \begin_inset space ~
1122 \begin_inset space ~
1127 button to skip the current word.
1131 \begin_inset space ~
1136 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1140 \begin_inset space ~
1145 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1147 If the toggle is set, searching for
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1159 will not match the word
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 Match whole words only
1176 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1205 LyX offers also an advanced
1208 \begin_inset space ~
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1217 feature that is described in sec.
1218 \begin_inset space ~
1222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1224 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1233 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1235 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1240 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1247 \begin_layout Section
1249 \begin_inset Index idx
1252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1271 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1278 \begin_layout Standard
1279 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1280 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1283 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1286 or the toolbar button
1292 to undo some mistake.
1293 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1298 or the toolbar button
1305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1312 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1316 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1329 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1330 This is a consequence of the 100
1331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1334 step undo limit, above.
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1346 work on almost everything in LyX.
1347 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1351 \begin_layout Section
1353 \begin_inset Index idx
1356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1365 \begin_layout Standard
1366 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1369 \begin_layout Enumerate
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1379 once anywhere in the edit window.
1380 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1389 \begin_layout Itemize
1395 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1401 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1404 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1414 \begin_layout Enumerate
1415 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1421 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1425 \begin_layout Enumerate
1430 \begin_layout Standard
1435 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1440 \begin_layout Section
1442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1444 name "sec:Navigating"
1449 \begin_inset Index idx
1452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1461 \begin_layout Standard
1462 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1465 \begin_layout Itemize
1470 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1471 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1474 \begin_layout Itemize
1475 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1480 or by the toolbar button
1483 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1489 \begin_layout Itemize
1490 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1492 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1495 and use the same menu to return to them.
1496 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1499 \begin_layout Standard
1503 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1508 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1509 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1512 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1513 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1514 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1515 your last editing position.
1518 \begin_layout Subsection
1522 \begin_layout Standard
1523 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1531 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1532 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1533 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1534 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1535 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 LatexCommand formatted
1539 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1543 ), or notes, or citations (see
1544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1545 LatexCommand formatted
1546 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1551 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1553 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1554 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1555 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1556 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1559 LatexCommand formatted
1560 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1564 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1566 LatexCommand formatted
1567 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1572 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1576 \begin_layout Standard
1577 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1578 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1579 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1580 dialog and to modify the citation.
1581 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1585 \begin_layout Standard
1586 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1588 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1589 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1597 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1600 \begin_layout Standard
1601 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1602 you further to control the display.
1607 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1608 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1613 option keeps it in the current view state.
1614 Keeping means that when you have e.
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset space \space{}
1622 the subsections of section
1623 \begin_inset space ~
1626 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1627 \begin_inset space ~
1630 3, the subsections of section
1631 \begin_inset space ~
1634 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1639 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1654 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1657 \begin_layout Standard
1659 \begin_inset space ~
1663 \begin_inset Graphics
1664 filename ../images/reload.png
1669 \begin_inset space ~
1672 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1673 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1676 \begin_inset space \space{}
1680 \begin_inset Graphics
1681 filename ../images/down.png
1683 groupId toolbarbuttons
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space \space{}
1696 \begin_inset Graphics
1697 filename ../images/up.png
1699 groupId toolbarbuttons
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1707 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1708 So, for example, you can move section
1709 \begin_inset space ~
1713 \begin_inset space ~
1716 2.4 or after section
1717 \begin_inset space ~
1721 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1723 \begin_inset Graphics
1724 filename ../images/promote.png
1726 groupId toolbarbuttons
1731 \begin_inset Graphics
1732 filename ../images/demote.png
1734 groupId toolbarbuttons
1738 (or the corresponding key bindings
1746 ) you can change the level of sections.
1747 So you can for example make section
1748 \begin_inset space ~
1752 \begin_inset space ~
1756 \begin_inset space ~
1762 \begin_layout Section
1763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1765 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1770 \begin_inset Index idx
1773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1780 \begin_inset Index idx
1783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1811 Input / Word Completion
1814 \begin_layout Standard
1815 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1817 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1818 is used to propose completions.
1821 \begin_layout Standard
1822 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1823 there are completions available.
1824 You can then press the
1828 key to use this completion.
1829 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1830 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1831 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1841 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1844 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1846 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1849 by deselecting the option
1856 Automatic inline completion
1858 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1859 To accept this proposal, use the
1868 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1869 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1877 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1884 \begin_layout Section
1886 \begin_inset Index idx
1889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1896 \begin_inset Index idx
1899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_inset Index idx
1931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1962 \begin_layout Standard
1963 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1964 LyX's default is CUA.
1967 \begin_layout Standard
1971 \begin_inset space ~
1979 \begin_inset space ~
2000 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2004 \begin_layout Labeling
2005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2009 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2010 LatexCommand nomenclature
2012 description "Tabulator key"
2018 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2019 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2020 \begin_inset space ~
2024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2026 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2033 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2037 , especially section
2038 \begin_inset space ~
2042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2044 reference "sub:Lists"
2050 If you're still confused, look in the
2057 \begin_layout Labeling
2058 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2062 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2063 LatexCommand nomenclature
2065 description "Escape key"
2072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2079 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2080 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2083 \begin_layout Labeling
2084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2090 \begin_inset space ~
2094 \begin_inset space ~
2101 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2102 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2107 There are three modifier keys:
2110 \begin_layout Labeling
2111 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2129 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2130 LatexCommand nomenclature
2132 description "Control key"
2136 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2137 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2141 \begin_layout Itemize
2150 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2153 \begin_layout Itemize
2162 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2165 \begin_layout Itemize
2174 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2178 \begin_layout Labeling
2179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2197 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2198 LatexCommand nomenclature
2200 description "Shift key"
2204 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2205 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2208 \begin_layout Labeling
2209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2227 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2228 LatexCommand nomenclature
2230 description "Alt or Meta key"
2234 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2235 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2236 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2242 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2244 menu accelerator keys
2247 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2248 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2253 For example, the sequence
2254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2260 \begin_inset space ~
2264 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2297 \begin_inset space ~
2303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2313 \begin_layout Standard
2318 manual lists all other things bound to the
2326 \begin_layout Standard
2327 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2328 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2329 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2330 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2331 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2332 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2333 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2335 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2351 followed by a capital
2358 \begin_layout Standard
2359 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2361 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2366 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2369 as explained in sec.
2370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2376 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2383 \begin_layout Chapter
2385 \begin_inset Index idx
2388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2397 \begin_layout Section
2399 \begin_inset Index idx
2402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2411 \begin_layout Subsection
2415 \begin_layout Standard
2416 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2417 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2418 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2419 numbering schemes, and so on.
2420 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2421 and format the title of your document differently.
2424 \begin_layout Standard
2429 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2430 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2431 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2432 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2433 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2436 \begin_layout Standard
2437 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2438 how to adjust their properties.
2441 \begin_layout Subsection
2443 \begin_inset Index idx
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2455 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2462 \begin_layout Standard
2463 You can select a class using the
2465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2466 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2470 \begin_inset Index idx
2473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2480 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2488 \begin_layout Standard
2489 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Article for basic articles
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Report for basic reports
2501 \begin_layout Description
2502 Book for writing a book
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Letter for US-style letters
2509 \begin_layout Standard
2510 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2511 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2512 will include many of these.
2513 Here are some of the classes.
2514 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2516 Special Document Classes
2525 \begin_layout Description
2526 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2529 \begin_layout Description
2530 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2541 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2542 There are three article layouts available.
2543 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2544 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2545 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2546 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2551 sequential numbering
2552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2555 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2556 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2557 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2558 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2561 \begin_layout Description
2562 Beamer Layout for presentations
2565 \begin_layout Description
2566 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2567 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2571 \begin_layout Description
2572 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2575 \begin_layout Description
2577 \begin_inset space ~
2580 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 Foils Used to make transparencies
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2593 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2597 \begin_layout Description
2598 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2599 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2606 \begin_layout Description
2607 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2610 \begin_layout Description
2611 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2612 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2613 (Is used by this document.)
2616 \begin_layout Description
2617 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2624 \begin_layout Description
2629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2637 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2639 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2642 \begin_layout Description
2643 Slides Used to make transparencies
2646 \begin_layout Description
2648 \begin_inset space ~
2651 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2652 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2655 \begin_layout Description
2656 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2659 \begin_layout Standard
2660 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2662 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2668 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2669 of the document classes.
2672 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2676 \begin_layout Standard
2677 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2680 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2682 \begin_inset Index idx
2685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2702 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2703 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2705 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2708 \begin_layout Standard
2710 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2711 and some of them, like
2715 , are highly specialized.
2716 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2717 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2719 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2720 by some document class.
2721 There are just too many of them.
2722 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2725 \begin_layout Standard
2726 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2734 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2735 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2736 document class for a new file.
2737 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2742 Installing new LaTeX files
2743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2750 manual for information on how to install them.
2751 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2757 \begin_layout Standard
2758 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2759 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2761 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2762 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2763 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2765 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2768 \begin_inset space ~
2775 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2787 \begin_inset Index idx
2790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2799 \begin_layout Standard
2800 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2801 chosen document class.
2802 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2803 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2814 \begin_inset Index idx
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2824 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2829 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2830 always installed by default.
2831 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2832 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2833 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2834 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2835 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2836 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2837 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2844 \begin_inset Index idx
2847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2848 Reconfiguration of LyX
2854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2857 Installing new LaTeX files
2858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2865 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2877 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2878 LyX will advise you about these things.
2886 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2888 \begin_inset Index idx
2891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2892 Document ! Local Layout
2900 \begin_layout Standard
2901 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2902 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2903 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2904 writing a module for this purpose.
2905 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2906 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2908 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2909 What you want is LyX's
2910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2918 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2926 \begin_layout Standard
2927 Each class has a default set of options.
2928 Here's a quick table describing them:
2931 \begin_layout Standard
2932 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2938 \begin_layout Standard
2940 \begin_inset Tabular
2941 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2942 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 \begin_layout Standard
3402 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3408 \begin_layout Standard
3409 You're probably also wondering what
3410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3422 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3423 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3428 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3433 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3443 headings, there are also
3451 headings, and so on.
3452 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3453 \begin_inset space ~
3457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3459 reference "sub:Headings"
3466 \begin_layout Subsection
3468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3470 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3475 \begin_inset Index idx
3478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3487 \begin_inset Index idx
3490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3499 \begin_layout Standard
3500 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3513 \begin_inset space ~
3518 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3520 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3521 to use for your document.
3522 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3526 \begin_layout Standard
3533 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3539 \begin_inset space ~
3544 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3545 You can choose between the following five options:
3548 \begin_layout Labeling
3549 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3554 Use default page style of current class.
3557 \begin_layout Labeling
3558 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3563 No page numbers or headings.
3566 \begin_layout Labeling
3567 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3575 \begin_layout Labeling
3576 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3581 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3582 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3583 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3586 \begin_layout Labeling
3587 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3592 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3598 \begin_inset Index idx
3601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3602 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3608 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3609 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3611 Check the documentation for the
3615 package for more details,
3616 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3625 \begin_layout Standard
3630 of paragraphs is described in section
3631 \begin_inset space ~
3635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3637 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3644 \begin_layout Subsection
3645 Paper Size and Orientation
3646 \begin_inset Index idx
3649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3650 Document ! Paper size
3656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3658 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3665 \begin_layout Standard
3666 You'll find the following options in the menu
3669 \begin_inset space ~
3674 of the dialog of the
3676 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3682 \begin_inset Index idx
3685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3694 \begin_layout Labeling
3695 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3699 \begin_inset space ~
3704 What size paper to print on.
3709 \begin_layout Itemize
3715 \begin_layout Itemize
3721 \begin_layout Itemize
3727 \begin_layout Itemize
3733 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 US letter, US legal, US executive
3739 \begin_layout Itemize
3745 \begin_layout Itemize
3752 \begin_layout Labeling
3753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3758 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3769 \begin_layout Labeling
3770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3774 \begin_inset space ~
3779 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3780 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3783 \begin_layout Subsection
3785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3792 \begin_inset Index idx
3795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3802 \begin_inset Index idx
3805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3814 \begin_layout Standard
3815 Paper margins are set in the menu
3817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3821 \begin_inset Index idx
3824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3833 \begin_layout Standard
3834 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3835 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3836 the paper format and the font size into account.
3839 \begin_layout Subsection
3843 \begin_layout Standard
3844 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3849 That includes the paragraph environments.
3850 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3851 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3852 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3853 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3862 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3864 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3865 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3866 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3869 \begin_layout Section
3870 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3871 \begin_inset Index idx
3874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3875 Paragraph ! Indentation
3883 \begin_layout Subsection
3885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3887 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3894 \begin_layout Standard
3895 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3896 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3899 \begin_layout Standard
3900 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3901 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3902 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3903 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3907 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3913 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3914 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3915 language than English.
3916 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3919 \begin_layout Standard
3920 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3921 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3923 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3924 LyX takes care of that.
3925 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3927 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3928 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3929 of a page, and so on.
3933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3934 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3939 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3940 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3944 of these pre-coded spacings.
3945 We'll explain more later.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3949 Paragraph Separation
3950 \begin_inset Index idx
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3954 Paragraph ! Separation
3962 \begin_layout Standard
3963 To separate paragraphs, select
3974 \begin_inset space ~
3981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3985 \begin_inset Index idx
3988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3994 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3997 \begin_layout Subsection
4001 \begin_layout Standard
4002 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4005 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4007 \begin_inset space ~
4012 dialog and toggle the
4015 \begin_inset space ~
4020 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4023 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4027 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4028 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4032 \begin_layout Standard
4033 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4034 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4037 \begin_layout Subsection
4039 \begin_inset Index idx
4042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4043 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4051 \begin_layout Standard
4054 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4058 \begin_inset Index idx
4061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4070 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4073 \begin_inset space ~
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4088 \begin_inset Index idx
4091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4092 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4097 installed to use this feature.
4105 \begin_layout Section
4106 Paragraph Environments
4107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4109 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4114 \begin_inset Index idx
4117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4118 Paragraph ! Environments
4124 \begin_inset Index idx
4127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4128 Paragraph environments|(
4136 \begin_layout Subsection
4140 \begin_layout Standard
4141 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4163 \begin_inset Newline newline
4166 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4167 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4168 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4177 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4180 \begin_layout Standard
4181 A paragraph environment is simply a
4182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4189 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4190 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4191 scheme, labels, and so on.
4192 Additionally, you can
4193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4200 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4201 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4202 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4203 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4204 days of typewriters.
4205 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4207 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4211 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4212 \begin_inset Graphics
4213 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4219 at the left end of the toolbar.
4220 LyX will change the environment of the
4224 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4225 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4226 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4230 \begin_layout Standard
4239 create a new paragraph using the
4243 paragraph environment.
4245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4252 because if you are in one of these environments:
4255 \begin_layout Itemize
4261 \begin_layout Itemize
4267 \begin_layout Itemize
4273 \begin_layout Itemize
4279 \begin_layout Itemize
4285 \begin_layout Itemize
4291 \begin_layout Itemize
4297 \begin_layout Standard
4298 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4302 , rather than resetting it to
4307 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4308 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4309 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4310 \begin_inset space ~
4314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4316 reference "sec:Nesting"
4321 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4326 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4327 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4331 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4337 \begin_layout Subsection
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 The default paragraph environment is
4347 It creates a plain paragraph.
4348 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4349 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4350 this manual) are in the
4357 \begin_layout Standard
4358 You can nest a paragraph using the
4362 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4370 \begin_layout Subsection
4372 \begin_inset Index idx
4375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4384 \begin_layout Standard
4385 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4394 for thanks or contact information.
4395 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4396 page along with today's date.
4397 For other types of documents, the title
4398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4405 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4409 \begin_layout Standard
4410 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4424 Here's how you use them:
4427 \begin_layout Itemize
4428 Put the title of your document in the
4435 \begin_layout Itemize
4436 Put the author name in the
4443 \begin_layout Itemize
4444 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4445 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4451 Note that using this environment is optional.
4452 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4453 If you don't want any date, add the line
4454 \begin_inset Newline newline
4464 \begin_inset Newline newline
4467 to the preamble of your document (menu
4469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4475 \begin_layout Standard
4476 You can use footnotes to insert
4477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4484 or contact information.
4487 \begin_layout Subsection
4489 \begin_inset Index idx
4492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4508 \begin_layout Standard
4509 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4510 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4513 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4515 \begin_inset Index idx
4518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4519 Section headings ! Numbered
4527 \begin_layout Standard
4528 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4532 \begin_layout Enumerate
4538 \begin_layout Enumerate
4544 \begin_layout Enumerate
4550 \begin_layout Enumerate
4556 \begin_layout Enumerate
4562 \begin_layout Enumerate
4568 \begin_layout Enumerate
4574 \begin_layout Standard
4575 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4576 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4577 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4580 \begin_layout Standard
4581 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4582 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4583 You group the book into chapters.
4584 LyX does similar grouping:
4587 \begin_layout Itemize
4592 is divided in either
4603 \begin_layout Itemize
4615 \begin_layout Itemize
4627 \begin_layout Itemize
4639 \begin_layout Itemize
4651 \begin_layout Itemize
4663 \begin_layout Standard
4664 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4672 Not all document types use the
4676 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4681 is the top-level heading.
4689 \begin_layout Standard
4694 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4695 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4697 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4711 \begin_inset Index idx
4714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4715 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4723 \begin_layout Standard
4724 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4728 \begin_layout Enumerate
4734 \begin_layout Enumerate
4740 \begin_layout Enumerate
4746 \begin_layout Enumerate
4752 \begin_layout Enumerate
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4767 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4768 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4769 table of contents, see section
4770 \begin_inset space ~
4774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4784 Changing the Numbering
4785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4787 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4794 \begin_layout Standard
4795 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4796 in the Table of Contents.
4797 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4799 Certain classes start with
4813 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4823 This is something you can change.
4826 \begin_layout Standard
4829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4835 \begin_inset Index idx
4838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4849 \begin_inset space ~
4853 \begin_inset space ~
4858 you'll see two counters.
4863 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4865 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4870 Short Titles of Headings
4871 \begin_inset Index idx
4874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4875 Section headings ! Short titles
4881 \begin_inset Argument
4884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4893 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4900 \begin_layout Standard
4901 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4902 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4903 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4904 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4909 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4910 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4911 To specify a short title, use the menu
4913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4915 \begin_inset space ~
4921 This will insert a box labeled
4922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4937 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4938 This also works for captions inside floats.
4941 \begin_layout Standard
4942 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4945 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4949 \begin_layout Standard
4950 The following information applies to all section headings:
4953 \begin_layout Itemize
4954 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4957 \begin_layout Itemize
4958 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4962 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4965 \begin_layout Itemize
4966 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4969 \begin_layout Subsection
4970 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4973 \begin_layout Standard
4974 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4988 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4989 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4990 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4991 the text they contain.
4992 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5000 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5003 \begin_layout Standard
5004 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5013 when you start a new paragraph.
5014 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5018 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5019 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5020 to change back to the
5024 environment yourself.
5027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5044 \begin_inset Index idx
5047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5056 \begin_layout Standard
5057 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5058 time for the differences.
5067 are identical except for one difference:
5071 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5080 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5083 \begin_layout Standard
5084 Here's an example of the
5097 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5099 See – no indentation!
5103 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5104 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5105 the other paragraph.
5108 \begin_layout Standard
5109 Here's another example, this time in the
5116 \begin_layout Quotation
5122 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5123 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5124 the first line, then
5128 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5132 you were quoting other text.
5135 \begin_layout Quotation
5136 Here's a new paragraph.
5137 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5138 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5141 \begin_layout Standard
5142 As the examples show,
5146 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5147 They should put quotes in the
5152 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5156 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5159 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5165 \begin_inset Index idx
5168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5177 \begin_inset Index idx
5180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5196 \begin_layout Standard
5201 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5207 \begin_inset Newline newline
5210 Which I did not rehearse!
5214 It could be much worse.
5215 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5217 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5218 indented a bit more than the first.
5219 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5225 \begin_inset Newline newline
5228 And make things look fine
5229 \begin_inset Newline newline
5235 arg "newline-insert newline"
5241 \begin_layout Standard
5246 does not indent both margins.
5247 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5248 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5255 arg "newline-insert newline"
5261 \begin_layout Subsection
5263 \begin_inset Index idx
5266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5282 \begin_layout Standard
5283 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5293 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5302 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5303 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5304 some general features of all four of them.
5307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5311 \begin_layout Standard
5312 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5314 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5323 reset the environment to
5327 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5328 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5329 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5333 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5336 to break paragraphs.
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5340 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5341 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5343 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5344 you read all of section
5345 \begin_inset space ~
5349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5351 reference "sec:Nesting"
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5365 \begin_inset Index idx
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5385 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5389 paragraph environment.
5390 It has the following properties:
5393 \begin_layout Itemize
5394 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5398 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5403 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5407 \begin_layout Itemize
5408 The items can have any length.
5409 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5410 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5417 \begin_layout Itemize
5422 environment inside another
5426 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5430 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5434 \begin_layout Itemize
5435 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5438 \begin_layout Itemize
5440 \begin_inset space ~
5444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5446 reference "sec:Nesting"
5450 for a full explanation of nesting.
5454 \begin_layout Standard
5455 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5464 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5467 \begin_layout Standard
5468 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5469 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5472 \begin_layout Itemize
5473 The label for the first level
5477 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5481 \begin_layout Itemize
5482 The label for the second level is a dash.
5486 \begin_layout Itemize
5487 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5491 \begin_layout Itemize
5492 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5496 \begin_layout Itemize
5497 Back out to the third level.
5501 \begin_layout Itemize
5502 Back to the second level.
5506 \begin_layout Itemize
5507 Back to the outermost level.
5510 \begin_layout Standard
5511 These are the default labels for an
5516 You can customize these labels in the
5518 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5521 dialog in the submenu
5528 \begin_inset Index idx
5531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5540 \begin_layout Standard
5541 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5542 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5544 \begin_inset space ~
5548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5550 reference "sec:Nesting"
5557 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5563 \begin_inset Index idx
5566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5575 name "sec:Enumerate"
5582 \begin_layout Standard
5587 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5588 It has these properties:
5591 \begin_layout Enumerate
5592 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5596 \begin_layout Enumerate
5597 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5601 \begin_layout Enumerate
5602 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5605 \begin_layout Enumerate
5610 environment resets the counter to one.
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 \begin_layout Enumerate
5627 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5628 Items can have any length.
5631 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5636 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5644 \begin_layout Standard
5653 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5654 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 The first level of an
5666 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5670 \begin_layout Enumerate
5671 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5675 \begin_layout Enumerate
5676 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5680 \begin_layout Enumerate
5681 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5684 \begin_layout Enumerate
5685 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5690 \begin_layout Enumerate
5691 Back to the third level
5695 \begin_layout Enumerate
5696 Back to the second level.
5700 \begin_layout Enumerate
5701 Back to the outermost level.
5704 \begin_layout Standard
5705 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5710 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5715 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5719 \begin_layout Standard
5720 There is more to nesting
5724 environments than we've stated here.
5725 You should read section
5726 \begin_inset space ~
5730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5732 reference "sec:Nesting"
5736 to learn more about nesting.
5739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5745 \begin_inset Index idx
5748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5757 \begin_layout Standard
5758 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5762 list has no fixed label.
5763 Instead, LyX uses the first
5764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5771 of the first line as the label.
5775 \begin_layout Description
5776 Example: This is an example of the
5783 \begin_layout Standard
5784 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5788 \begin_layout Standard
5790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5797 it is meant that the first hit of the
5801 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5803 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5811 arg "space-insert protected"
5816 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5817 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5819 \begin_inset space ~
5825 \begin_inset space ~
5829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5831 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5835 for more info.) Here is an example:
5838 \begin_layout Description
5840 \begin_inset space ~
5843 Example: This one shows how to use a
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5858 \begin_layout Description
5859 Usage: You should use the
5863 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5864 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5866 It's not a good idea to use a
5870 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5871 You're better off using
5883 paragraphs into them.
5886 \begin_layout Description
5887 Nesting: You can nest
5891 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5895 \begin_layout Standard
5896 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5897 them from the first line.
5900 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5906 \begin_inset Index idx
5909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5918 \begin_layout Standard
5923 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5927 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5935 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5940 environment is named
5952 \begin_layout Standard
5961 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5962 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5965 \begin_layout Labeling
5966 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5968 \begin_inset space ~
5971 labels LyX uses the first
5972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5979 of each line as the item label.
5984 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5985 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5986 blank as described above.
5989 \begin_layout Labeling
5990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5991 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5992 the body of the item text.
5993 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5994 label width plus a little extra space.
5998 \begin_layout Labeling
5999 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6001 \begin_inset space ~
6004 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6006 If the label width is larger, the label
6007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6014 into the first line.
6015 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6016 margin of the rest of the item text.
6019 \begin_layout Labeling
6020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6022 \begin_inset space ~
6025 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6030 environment have the same left margin.
6031 \begin_inset Newline newline
6034 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6039 \begin_inset space ~
6048 \begin_inset space ~
6053 determines the default label width.
6054 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 multiple times instead.
6064 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6073 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6076 \begin_inset space ~
6081 every time you alter a label in a
6086 \begin_inset Newline newline
6089 The predefined default width is the length of
6090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6099 \begin_inset Newline newline
6103 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6111 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6112 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6125 environment the same way like the
6129 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6135 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6139 \begin_layout Standard
6144 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6146 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6148 \begin_inset space ~
6152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6154 reference "sec:Nesting"
6158 to learn about nesting.
6161 \begin_layout Standard
6162 There is yet another feature of the
6166 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6168 You can use additional
6172 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6177 are documented in section
6178 \begin_inset space ~
6182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6184 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6189 Here are some examples:
6190 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6196 \begin_layout Labeling
6197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6198 Left The default for
6205 \begin_layout Labeling
6206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6207 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6214 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6217 \begin_layout Labeling
6218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6219 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6223 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6230 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6233 \begin_layout Subsection
6235 \begin_inset Index idx
6238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6247 \begin_layout Standard
6248 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6251 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6253 in the document settings.
6254 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6259 \begin_inset Index idx
6262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6263 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6272 Custom Enumerate Lists
6273 \begin_inset Index idx
6276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6277 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6287 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6293 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6294 There you add the command
6297 \begin_layout Standard
6305 \begin_layout Standard
6306 in TeX Code (shortcut
6316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6317 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6318 \begin_inset space ~
6322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6324 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6337 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6344 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6345 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6358 For Arabic numerals use
6366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6373 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6388 \begin_layout Standard
6390 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6398 You can only number 26
6399 \begin_inset space ~
6402 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6411 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6412 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6415 \begin_layout Standard
6416 As example a list with custom numbering:
6419 \begin_layout Enumerate
6420 \begin_inset Argument
6423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6449 \begin_layout Enumerate
6450 \begin_inset Argument
6453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6476 \begin_layout Enumerate
6481 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_inset Argument
6485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6509 \begin_layout Enumerate
6510 \begin_inset Argument
6513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_layout Standard
6540 For this list these commands were used:
6543 \begin_layout Standard
6554 \begin_inset Newline newline
6562 \begin_inset Newline newline
6570 \begin_inset Newline newline
6580 \begin_layout Standard
6587 makes the label emphasized and
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6605 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6606 lists until you change the definition.
6614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6616 \begin_inset Index idx
6619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6620 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6628 \begin_layout Standard
6629 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6632 \begin_layout Enumerate
6633 \begin_inset Argument
6636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6655 \begin_inset Note Note
6658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6659 goes back to default numbering
6667 \begin_layout Enumerate
6671 \begin_layout Standard
6675 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6680 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6685 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6686 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6689 \begin_layout Standard
6690 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6698 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6706 \begin_layout Standard
6707 In some cases you might want to resume the list with a different number
6709 Or you want to start a new enumeration, but with a different number.
6710 This is also possible by adding an optional argument to the first list
6712 There insert the command
6715 \begin_layout Standard
6721 \begin_layout Standard
6726 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6730 \begin_layout Enumerate
6734 \begin_layout Enumerate
6738 \begin_layout Standard
6739 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6742 \begin_layout Enumerate
6743 \begin_inset Argument
6746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6762 This enumeration starts at 4
6765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6767 \begin_inset Index idx
6770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6779 \begin_layout Standard
6780 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6782 For example the default space is too much in your opinion:
6785 \begin_layout Itemize
6789 \begin_layout Itemize
6790 with standard spacing
6793 \begin_layout Standard
6794 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6796 There add the command
6800 to get no space like in this example:
6803 \begin_layout Itemize
6804 \begin_inset Argument
6807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6826 \begin_layout Itemize
6830 \begin_layout Itemize
6834 \begin_layout Standard
6835 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6841 \begin_inset Index idx
6844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6845 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6851 For more info see its documentation,
6852 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6861 \begin_layout Standard
6862 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6864 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the negative one
6865 of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6872 \begin_layout Enumerate
6873 \begin_inset Argument
6876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6884 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6897 \begin_layout Enumerate
6898 with negative indentation
6901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6902 Further Customization
6903 \begin_inset Index idx
6906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6916 You can also change the style of description lists.
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6927 changes the description label font, the command
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 sets the list style.
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6941 An example where the command
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6949 itshape, style=nextline
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_layout Description
6958 \begin_inset space ~
6962 \begin_inset Argument
6965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6971 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6973 itshape, style=nextline
6983 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6984 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6988 \begin_layout Description
6990 \begin_inset space ~
6993 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6994 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6995 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6998 \begin_layout Standard
6999 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7005 \begin_inset Index idx
7008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7009 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7015 For more info see its documentation,
7016 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7025 \begin_layout Subsection
7027 \begin_inset Index idx
7030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7047 \begin_inset space ~
7055 \begin_layout Standard
7056 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7064 \begin_inset space ~
7070 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7071 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7072 In contrast, you can use the
7079 \begin_inset space ~
7084 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7085 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7089 \begin_layout Standard
7090 Of course, you're not limited to using
7097 \begin_inset space ~
7106 \begin_inset space ~
7111 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7112 some European academic papers.
7115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7119 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7131 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7132 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7136 \begin_inset space ~
7141 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7142 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7143 Here's an example of each:
7146 \begin_layout Right Address
7148 \begin_inset Newline newline
7152 \begin_inset Newline newline
7156 \begin_inset Newline newline
7159 When is it? What is today?
7162 \begin_layout Standard
7166 \begin_inset space ~
7172 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7173 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7174 Here's an example of the
7181 \begin_layout Address
7183 \begin_inset Newline newline
7186 Where do I send this
7187 \begin_inset Newline newline
7190 Your post office and country
7193 \begin_layout Standard
7194 As you can see, both
7201 \begin_inset space ~
7206 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7211 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7217 This makes sense, since
7225 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7226 Thus, you have to use
7233 arg "newline-insert newline"
7239 \begin_inset space ~
7242 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7244 \begin_inset space ~
7253 menu) to start a new line in an
7260 \begin_inset space ~
7268 \begin_layout Subsection
7272 \begin_layout Standard
7273 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7274 or list of references.
7275 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7282 \begin_inset Index idx
7285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7299 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7300 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7301 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7302 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7306 in anything else or vice versa.
7312 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7313 The book document classes ignores the
7317 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7321 in a letter document class.
7324 \begin_layout Standard
7329 environment does several things for you.
7330 First, it puts the centered label
7331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7339 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7341 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7342 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7343 the subsequent text.
7344 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7345 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7348 \begin_layout Standard
7349 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7353 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7354 The new paragraph will still be in the
7359 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7360 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 \begin_inset Float figure
7369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7371 \begin_inset Graphics
7372 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7380 \begin_inset Caption
7382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7385 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7406 \begin_layout Standard
7407 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7411 environment, but since this document is in the
7412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7419 class, we can't do this.
7420 We inserted it therefore as figure
7421 \begin_inset space ~
7425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7427 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7432 If you've never heard of an
7433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7440 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7449 \begin_inset Index idx
7452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7461 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7468 \begin_layout Standard
7473 environment is used to list references.
7474 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7475 only use it at the end of the document.
7480 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7483 \begin_layout Standard
7484 When you first open a
7488 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7504 depending on the document class.
7505 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7506 Each paragraph of the
7510 environment is a bibliography entry.
7515 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7516 Each new paragraph is still in the
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7524 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7525 by using a BibTeX database.
7526 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7527 phy handling, have a look at in section
7528 \begin_inset space ~
7532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7534 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7541 \begin_layout Subsection
7545 \begin_inset Index idx
7548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7549 Paragraph ! LyX code
7555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7564 \begin_layout Standard
7569 environment is another LyX extension.
7570 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7575 key as a fixed whitespace;
7579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7591 \begin_inset space ~
7596 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7601 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7602 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7605 arg "newline-insert newline"
7622 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7623 So, when you finish using the
7627 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7628 Also, you can nest the
7632 environment inside of others.
7635 \begin_layout Standard
7636 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7639 \begin_layout Itemize
7643 arg "newline-insert newline"
7646 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7651 \begin_inset space \space{}
7661 arg "newline-insert newline"
7667 \begin_layout Itemize
7671 arg "newline-insert newline"
7682 \begin_layout Itemize
7687 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7694 \begin_layout Itemize
7698 arg "space-insert protected"
7705 \begin_layout Itemize
7706 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7707 You must put at least one
7711 in any line you want blank.
7712 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7715 \begin_layout Itemize
7716 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7720 since that will insert
7725 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7728 arg "self-insert \""
7734 \begin_layout Standard
7738 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7742 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7746 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7750 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7754 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7755 printf("Hello World!
7760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7768 \begin_layout Standard
7769 This is just the standard
7770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7781 \begin_layout Standard
7786 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7787 rc-files, and so on.
7788 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7789 as if you used a typewriter.
7790 \begin_inset Index idx
7793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7794 Paragraph environments|)
7802 \begin_layout Section
7803 Nesting Environments
7804 \begin_inset Index idx
7807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7808 Nesting ! Environments
7814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7823 \begin_layout Subsection
7827 \begin_layout Standard
7828 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7830 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7832 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7834 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7846 \begin_layout Enumerate
7850 \begin_layout Enumerate
7855 \begin_layout Enumerate
7859 \begin_layout Enumerate
7864 \begin_layout Enumerate
7868 \begin_layout Standard
7869 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7870 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7873 \begin_inset space ~
7877 \begin_inset space ~
7885 \begin_inset space ~
7889 \begin_inset space ~
7898 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7899 will tell you how far you are nested).
7900 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7903 arg "depth-increment"
7909 arg "depth-decrement"
7912 or the convenient key bindings
7923 arg "depth-increment"
7929 arg "depth-decrement"
7932 to change the nesting level.
7933 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7934 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7938 \begin_layout Standard
7939 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7940 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7941 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7942 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7946 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7947 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7949 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7952 \begin_layout Subsection
7953 What You Can and Can't Nest
7956 \begin_layout Standard
7957 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7958 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7961 \begin_layout Standard
7962 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7963 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7964 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7967 \begin_layout Itemize
7968 Completely unnestable
7971 \begin_layout Itemize
7972 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7976 \begin_layout Itemize
7977 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7981 \begin_layout Standard
7982 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7983 environments have them:
7986 \begin_layout Description
7987 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7988 Can't nest into them.
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7998 \begin_layout Itemize
8004 \begin_layout Itemize
8010 \begin_layout Itemize
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8023 \begin_layout Description
8025 \begin_inset space ~
8028 Nestable You can nest them.
8029 You can nest other things into them.
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8057 \begin_layout Itemize
8063 \begin_layout Itemize
8069 \begin_layout Itemize
8075 \begin_layout Itemize
8082 \begin_layout Description
8083 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8084 You can't nest anything into them.
8088 \begin_layout Itemize
8094 \begin_layout Itemize
8100 \begin_layout Itemize
8106 \begin_layout Itemize
8112 \begin_layout Itemize
8118 \begin_layout Itemize
8124 \begin_layout Itemize
8130 \begin_layout Itemize
8136 \begin_layout Itemize
8142 \begin_layout Itemize
8148 \begin_layout Itemize
8154 \begin_layout Itemize
8160 \begin_layout Itemize
8166 \begin_layout Itemize
8170 \begin_inset space ~
8176 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Standard
8184 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8192 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8201 \begin_inset space ~
8205 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8209 \begin_inset space \space{}
8212 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8213 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8214 section headings violate this.
8222 \begin_layout Subsection
8223 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8224 \begin_inset Index idx
8227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8228 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8236 \begin_layout Standard
8237 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8238 affected by nesting anyhow.
8242 \begin_layout Itemize
8246 \begin_layout Itemize
8250 \begin_layout Itemize
8254 \begin_layout Standard
8256 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8264 Figures and tables in
8268 are not affected by this.
8273 Have a look at section
8274 \begin_inset space ~
8278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8280 reference "sec:Floats"
8284 for more information about
8291 \begin_layout Standard
8292 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8293 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8297 \begin_layout Standard
8298 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8306 of its own, it behaves just like a
8307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8314 paragraph environment.
8315 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8319 \begin_layout Standard
8320 Here's an example with a table:
8323 \begin_layout Enumerate
8328 \begin_layout Enumerate
8329 This is (a) and it's nested.
8333 \begin_layout Standard
8334 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8340 \begin_layout Standard
8342 \begin_inset Tabular
8343 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8344 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8345 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8346 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8430 \begin_layout Standard
8431 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8438 \begin_layout Enumerate
8440 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8444 \begin_layout Enumerate
8448 \begin_layout Standard
8449 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8457 \begin_layout Enumerate
8458 This is (a) and it's nested.
8462 \begin_layout Standard
8463 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8469 \begin_layout Standard
8471 \begin_inset Tabular
8472 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8473 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8559 \begin_layout Standard
8560 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8566 \begin_layout Enumerate
8573 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8576 \begin_layout Enumerate
8580 \begin_layout Standard
8581 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8585 \begin_layout Standard
8586 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8588 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8591 \begin_layout Enumerate
8596 \begin_layout Enumerate
8597 This is (a) and it's nested.
8600 \begin_layout Standard
8601 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8607 \begin_layout Standard
8609 \begin_inset Tabular
8610 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8611 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8697 \begin_layout Standard
8698 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8704 \begin_layout Enumerate
8706 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8714 \begin_layout Enumerate
8718 \begin_layout Standard
8719 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8725 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8726 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8730 \begin_layout Subsection
8731 Usage and General Features
8734 \begin_layout Standard
8735 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8744 is the innermost possible depth.
8745 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8748 \begin_layout Enumerate
8749 level #1 – outermost
8753 \begin_layout Enumerate
8758 \begin_layout Enumerate
8763 \begin_layout Enumerate
8768 \begin_layout Itemize
8773 \begin_layout Itemize
8782 \begin_layout Standard
8783 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8784 both of them in the example.
8785 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8795 For example, if we tried to nest another
8800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8807 , we would get errors.
8810 \begin_layout Subsection
8812 \begin_inset Index idx
8815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8824 \begin_layout Standard
8825 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8826 We have several examples of nested environments.
8827 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8831 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8832 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8835 \begin_layout Labeling
8836 \labelwidthstring MMM
8837 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8846 \begin_layout Labeling
8847 \labelwidthstring MMM
8848 #2-a This is level #2.
8849 We created it by using
8852 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8858 arg "depth-increment"
8865 \begin_layout Labeling
8866 \labelwidthstring MMM
8867 #3-a This is level #3.
8868 This time, we just hit
8875 arg "depth-increment"
8879 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8883 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8889 arg "depth-increment"
8896 \begin_layout Standard
8901 environment, nested inside of
8902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8910 So, it's at level #4.
8911 We did this by hitting
8914 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8920 arg "depth-increment"
8923 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8928 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8944 \begin_layout Standard
8949 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8952 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8958 \begin_layout Labeling
8959 \labelwidthstring MMM
8960 #4-a This is level #4.
8964 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8967 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8972 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8976 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8981 keep nesting things inside
8982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8993 \begin_layout Labeling
8994 \labelwidthstring MMM
8995 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9000 \begin_layout Labeling
9001 \labelwidthstring MMM
9002 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9003 and this is level #6.
9004 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9008 \begin_layout Labeling
9009 \labelwidthstring MMM
9010 #5-b Back to level #5.
9014 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9020 arg "depth-decrement"
9027 \begin_layout Labeling
9028 \labelwidthstring MMM
9032 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9038 arg "depth-decrement"
9041 , we're back at level #4.
9045 \begin_layout Labeling
9046 \labelwidthstring MMM
9047 #3-b Back to level #3.
9048 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9052 \begin_layout Labeling
9053 \labelwidthstring MMM
9054 #2-b Back to level #2.
9059 \begin_layout Labeling
9060 \labelwidthstring MMM
9061 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9062 After this sentence, we'll hit
9066 and change the paragraph environment back to
9073 \begin_layout Standard
9074 We could have also used the
9090 environment in place of the
9095 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9098 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 Example 2: Inheritance
9102 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9103 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9106 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9115 arg "depth-increment"
9118 , after which, we'll change to the
9126 \begin_layout Enumerate
9131 environment, at level #2.
9134 \begin_layout Enumerate
9135 Notice how the nested
9139 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9143 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9147 \begin_layout Standard
9148 We ended this example by hitting
9153 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9157 and reset the nesting depth by using
9160 arg "depth-decrement"
9166 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9167 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9176 \begin_inset Argument
9179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9180 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9188 \begin_layout Enumerate
9189 This is level #1, in an
9193 paragraph environment.
9194 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9198 \begin_layout Enumerate
9203 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9209 arg "depth-increment"
9213 Now, what happens if we nest an
9217 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9218 label be? An asterisk?
9222 \begin_layout Itemize
9232 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9233 So, its label is a bullet.
9234 (We got here by using
9237 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9243 arg "depth-increment"
9246 , then changing the environment to
9254 \begin_layout Itemize
9255 Here's level #4, produced using
9258 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9264 arg "depth-increment"
9268 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9273 \begin_layout Enumerate
9274 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9276 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9281 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9285 , because we are in the
9294 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9313 \begin_layout Enumerate
9318 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9319 type of numbering does LyX use?
9322 \begin_layout Enumerate
9323 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9326 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9329 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9332 \begin_layout Enumerate
9336 arg "depth-decrement"
9339 to decrease the depth after the next
9342 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9349 \begin_layout Enumerate
9351 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9355 \begin_layout Enumerate
9357 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9358 numeral as the label.Why?
9361 \begin_layout Enumerate
9362 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9371 Notice, however, that LyX
9375 reset the counter for the label.
9379 \begin_layout Enumerate
9383 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9389 arg "depth-decrement"
9392 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9393 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9394 into the twofold-nested
9402 \begin_layout Enumerate
9403 The same thing happens if we do another
9406 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9412 arg "depth-decrement"
9415 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9418 \begin_layout Standard
9419 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9424 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9438 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9444 The same rule applies for the
9448 environment, as well.
9451 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9452 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9455 \begin_layout Enumerate
9456 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9457 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9458 same detail with how we did it.
9467 \begin_layout Standard
9475 arg "depth-increment"
9482 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9483 example in parentheses someplace.
9484 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9485 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9486 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9490 \begin_layout Enumerate
9495 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9500 Now we'll add verse.
9501 \begin_inset Newline newline
9504 It will get much worse.
9505 \begin_inset Newline newline
9515 arg "depth-increment"
9526 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9527 \begin_inset Newline newline
9530 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9531 \begin_inset Newline newline
9537 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9550 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9557 \begin_layout Standard
9559 \begin_inset Tabular
9560 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9561 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9652 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9662 arg "depth-increment"
9668 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9678 arg "depth-decrement"
9685 \begin_layout Enumerate
9690 : level #1) This is another item.
9691 Note that selecting a
9695 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9696 3 times to put the table inside the
9704 \begin_layout Quotation
9705 We're now ending the
9709 list and changing to
9714 We're still at level #1.
9715 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9716 The next set of paragraphs is a
9717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9731 \begin_inset space ~
9736 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9740 for the letter body.
9744 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9747 to preserve the depth.
9748 Remember that you need to use
9751 arg "newline-insert newline"
9754 to create multiple lines inside the
9761 \begin_inset space ~
9771 \begin_layout Right Address
9773 \begin_inset Newline newline
9776 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9777 \begin_inset Newline newline
9783 \begin_layout Address
9785 \begin_inset space ~
9791 \begin_layout Quotation
9792 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9796 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9797 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9798 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9799 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9800 as soon as possible.
9801 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9804 \begin_layout Quotation
9805 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9806 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9807 with your order, along with payment.
9810 \begin_layout Quotation
9811 We thank you again for your patience.
9814 \begin_layout Address
9816 \begin_inset Newline newline
9823 \begin_layout Quotation
9824 That ends that example!
9827 \begin_layout Standard
9828 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9829 just a few keystrokes.
9830 We could have easily nested an
9851 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9854 \begin_layout Section
9855 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9856 \begin_inset Index idx
9859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9868 \begin_layout Standard
9869 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9870 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9871 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9872 be broken at the end of a line.
9873 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9877 \begin_layout Subsection
9879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9881 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9886 \begin_inset Index idx
9889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9898 \begin_layout Standard
9899 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9901 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9905 Further documentation is given in section
9906 \begin_inset Newline newline
9910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9912 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9920 \begin_layout Standard
9921 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9936 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9945 A protected space is set with
9947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9948 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9952 \begin_inset space ~
9962 arg "space-insert protected"
9968 \begin_layout Subsection
9970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9972 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9977 \begin_inset Index idx
9980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9981 Spacing ! Horizontal
9989 \begin_layout Standard
9990 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9993 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9997 The length units are listed in Appendix
9998 \begin_inset space ~
10002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10004 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10015 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10020 \begin_inset Index idx
10023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10024 Spaces ! Inter-word
10032 \begin_layout Standard
10034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10038 \begin_inset space \space{}
10041 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10042 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10043 \begin_inset space ~
10047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10049 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10054 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10055 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10058 arg "space-insert normal"
10064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10068 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10073 \begin_inset Index idx
10076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10094 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10103 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10104 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10105 inside abbreviations:
10108 \begin_layout Quote
10110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10114 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10117 \begin_layout Standard
10118 or between values and units.
10119 Compare for example this:
10120 \begin_inset Newline newline
10124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10128 \begin_inset Newline newline
10131 10 kg (normal space
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10138 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10140 \begin_inset space ~
10148 arg "space-insert thin"
10154 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10158 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10166 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10169 \begin_layout Description
10171 \begin_inset space ~
10175 \begin_inset space ~
10178 space A line with a
10179 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10183 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10187 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10190 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10193 \begin_layout Description
10195 \begin_inset space ~
10199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10203 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10207 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10211 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10218 em) space between the arrows.
10221 \begin_layout Description
10223 \begin_inset space ~
10227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10231 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10235 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10239 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10250 em) space between the arrows.
10253 \begin_layout Description
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10263 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10267 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10271 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10282 em) space between the arrows.
10285 \begin_layout Description
10287 \begin_inset space ~
10291 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10295 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10300 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10307 cm space between the arrows.
10310 \begin_layout Standard
10312 \begin_inset space ~
10316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10318 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10322 lists the different space sizes.
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10326 \begin_inset Float table
10331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10333 \begin_inset Caption
10335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10338 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10342 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10352 \begin_inset Tabular
10353 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10354 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10524 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10573 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10579 \begin_inset Index idx
10582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10591 \begin_layout Standard
10592 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10593 in a uniform fashion.
10594 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10595 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10596 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10597 equally between themselves.
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10605 \begin_layout Quote
10607 This is on the left side
10608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10611 This is on the right
10614 \begin_layout Quote
10617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10627 \begin_layout Quote
10630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10634 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10638 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10644 \begin_layout Standard
10645 That was an example in the
10651 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10655 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10659 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10662 is one in a standard paragraph.
10663 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10667 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10670 \begin_layout Standard
10671 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10674 \begin_inset space ~
10679 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10682 \begin_layout Standard
10684 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10688 \begin_inset space ~
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10696 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10700 \begin_inset space ~
10706 \begin_layout Standard
10708 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10712 \begin_inset space ~
10718 \begin_layout Standard
10720 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10730 \begin_layout Standard
10732 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10736 \begin_inset space ~
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10748 \begin_inset space ~
10754 \begin_layout Standard
10755 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10763 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10767 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10768 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10769 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10773 option in the space dialog.
10781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10783 \begin_inset Index idx
10786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10795 \begin_layout Standard
10796 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10802 \begin_inset space \space{}
10805 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10808 \begin_layout Standard
10809 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10812 What is correct English?:
10813 \begin_inset Newline newline
10817 \begin_inset Newline newline
10821 \begin_inset space ~
10824 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10825 \begin_inset Newline newline
10829 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10840 \begin_inset Newline newline
10844 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10855 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10861 \begin_layout Standard
10862 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10867 \begin_inset space ~
10871 \begin_inset space ~
10875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10879 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10881 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10882 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10886 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10892 \begin_inset space ~
10896 \begin_inset space ~
10900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10903 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10912 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10913 That is why it is named
10914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10922 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10923 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10927 \begin_layout Subsection
10929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10931 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10936 \begin_inset Index idx
10939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10948 \begin_layout Standard
10949 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10952 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10954 \begin_inset space ~
10960 There you find the following sizes:
10963 \begin_layout Standard
10976 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10981 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10983 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10987 \begin_inset Index idx
10990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10991 Document ! Settings
10996 for the paragraph separation.
10997 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11008 \begin_layout Standard
11014 \begin_inset Index idx
11017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11023 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11024 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11026 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11027 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11036 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11045 s are described in section
11046 \begin_inset space ~
11050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11052 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11061 If there are several
11065 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11066 You can therefore use
11070 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11073 \begin_layout Standard
11078 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11079 \begin_inset space ~
11083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11085 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11092 \begin_layout Standard
11093 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11103 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11104 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11116 \begin_layout Subsection
11117 Paragraph Alignment
11120 \begin_layout Standard
11121 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11123 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11127 There are five possibilities:
11130 \begin_layout Itemize
11138 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11144 \begin_layout Itemize
11152 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11158 \begin_layout Itemize
11166 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11172 \begin_layout Itemize
11180 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11186 \begin_layout Itemize
11194 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11200 \begin_layout Standard
11201 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11202 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11203 the left and right margins.
11204 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11207 \begin_layout Standard
11209 This paragraph is right aligned,
11212 \begin_layout Standard
11214 this one is centered,
11217 \begin_layout Standard
11219 this one is left aligned.
11222 \begin_layout Subsection
11224 \begin_inset Index idx
11227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11228 Page breaks ! Forced
11234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11236 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11243 \begin_layout Standard
11244 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11245 can force a page break where you want one.
11246 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11247 Only if you use a lot of
11251 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11254 \begin_layout Standard
11255 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11256 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11260 have to change the page breaking.
11263 \begin_layout Standard
11264 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11266 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11269 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11271 \begin_inset space ~
11277 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11280 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11282 \begin_inset space ~
11287 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11289 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11290 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11293 \begin_layout Standard
11294 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11295 at the top of a page.
11296 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11297 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11298 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11299 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11303 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11307 to learn more about
11314 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11318 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11323 \begin_inset Index idx
11326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11327 Page breaks ! Clear
11335 \begin_layout Standard
11336 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11337 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11338 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11339 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11340 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11343 \begin_layout Standard
11344 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11346 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11347 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11349 \begin_inset space ~
11355 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11358 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11360 \begin_inset space ~
11364 \begin_inset space ~
11369 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11370 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11373 \begin_layout Subsection
11375 \begin_inset Index idx
11378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11387 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11394 \begin_layout Standard
11395 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11397 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11400 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11402 \begin_inset space ~
11406 \begin_inset space ~
11414 arg "newline-insert newline"
11418 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11420 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11421 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11423 \begin_inset space ~
11427 \begin_inset space ~
11432 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11434 This is necessary to avoid
11435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11442 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11445 \begin_layout Standard
11446 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11447 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11448 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11449 set a line break, e.
11450 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11454 \begin_inset space \space{}
11457 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11458 \begin_inset space ~
11462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11464 reference "sec:Quote"
11469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11471 reference "sec:Verse"
11476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11478 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11485 \begin_layout Subsection
11487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11489 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11494 \begin_inset Index idx
11497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11506 \begin_layout Standard
11508 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11519 \begin_layout Standard
11522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11523 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11530 you can insert horizontal lines.
11531 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11532 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11535 \begin_layout Standard
11537 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11548 \begin_layout Section
11549 Characters and Symbols
11552 \begin_layout Standard
11553 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11554 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11559 \begin_inset space \space{}
11562 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11570 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11574 for information on how this is done.
11577 \begin_layout Standard
11578 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11583 dialog via the menu
11585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11586 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11592 \begin_layout Standard
11593 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11601 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11602 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11603 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11611 \begin_layout Section
11612 Fonts and Text Styles
11613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11615 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11622 \begin_layout Subsection
11624 \begin_inset Index idx
11627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11636 \begin_layout Standard
11637 There are two types of fonts:
11640 \begin_layout Description
11642 \begin_inset space ~
11646 \begin_inset Index idx
11649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11655 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11660 characters) in the font.
11661 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11662 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11663 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11664 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11665 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11666 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11667 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11668 \begin_inset Newline newline
11671 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11672 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11673 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11674 sizes than at small ones.
11675 \begin_inset Newline newline
11689 \begin_inset space ~
11697 \begin_layout Description
11699 \begin_inset space ~
11703 \begin_inset Index idx
11706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11712 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11713 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11714 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11715 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11716 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11717 picture manipulation program.
11718 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11719 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11720 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11721 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11722 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11724 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11725 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11726 \begin_inset Newline newline
11729 Bitmap fonts are named
11732 \begin_inset space ~
11737 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11740 \begin_layout Standard
11741 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11742 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11743 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11744 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11745 use scalable fonts.
11748 \begin_layout Standard
11749 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11750 its document properties.
11753 \begin_layout Standard
11754 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11755 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11756 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11757 font to emphasize text, you use an
11758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11766 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11767 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11771 \begin_layout Subsection
11773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11775 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11782 \begin_layout Standard
11783 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11784 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11785 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11787 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11788 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11789 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11790 to usual word processors.
11791 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11792 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11793 across different machines.
11794 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11795 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11797 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11799 \begin_inset space ~
11803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11805 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11810 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11811 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11815 \begin_layout Standard
11816 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11817 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11818 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11819 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11820 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11821 that is installed on your system.
11822 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11825 \begin_layout Standard
11826 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11834 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11835 es; so you might have to experiment.
11843 \begin_layout Standard
11844 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11852 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11853 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11861 \begin_layout Subsection
11862 Document Font and Font size
11863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11865 name "sub:Document-Font"
11870 \begin_inset Index idx
11873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11880 \begin_inset Index idx
11883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 \begin_layout Standard
11893 You can set the document fonts in the
11895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11899 \begin_inset Index idx
11902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11903 Document ! Settings
11913 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11914 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11917 \begin_inset space ~
11926 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11927 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11931 \begin_layout Standard
11938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11947 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11948 This requires that you use
11954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11993 as output format, i.
11994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11998 \begin_inset space ~
12001 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12002 \begin_inset space ~
12006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12008 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12013 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12015 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12017 \begin_inset space ~
12020 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12021 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12022 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12024 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12027 \begin_layout Standard
12028 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12033 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12038 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12039 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12061 European Computer Modern
12064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12074 \begin_layout Standard
12083 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12084 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12089 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12092 \begin_inset space ~
12097 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12103 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12104 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12107 \begin_layout Itemize
12116 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12130 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12134 as the default font.
12135 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12136 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12149 One difference is improved kerning for the
12161 \begin_layout Itemize
12170 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
12174 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12189 Virtual means that it
12190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12201 -glyphs from other fonts.
12202 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12224 Loading the LaTeX-package
12229 \begin_inset Index idx
12232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12233 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12238 with the document preamble line
12239 \begin_inset Newline newline
12246 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12247 \begin_inset Newline newline
12252 will fix the guillemet problem.
12257 and that accented characters are not
12261 glyph, but build of
12265 characters, the accent and the letter.
12266 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12272 If you search for example for the French word
12273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12280 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12289 and not for the glyph
12290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12294 \begin_inset space ~
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 \begin_layout Itemize
12305 If you do not like the look of
12313 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12318 \begin_inset space ~
12332 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12333 \begin_inset space ~
12336 serif and typewriter fonts
12340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12341 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12353 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
12354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12366 , different shapes of the same font, i.
12367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12380 , but you can also select your own.
12381 \begin_inset Newline newline
12384 The differences between roman,
12387 \begin_inset space ~
12396 fonts are explained in section
12397 \begin_inset space ~
12401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12403 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12408 \begin_inset Newline newline
12415 was originally designed for newspapers.
12416 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12417 into the small newspaper columns.
12422 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12423 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12426 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12439 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12444 depends on the class you are using.
12445 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12448 \begin_layout Standard
12449 Note that the font size is the
12454 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12455 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12456 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12459 \begin_inset space ~
12465 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12466 \begin_inset space ~
12470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12472 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12479 \begin_layout Standard
12484 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12486 \begin_inset space ~
12489 serif or typewriter.
12494 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12504 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12507 \begin_layout Standard
12516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12525 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12531 \begin_inset space ~
12535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12537 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12542 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12543 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12550 \begin_layout Standard
12551 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12553 Use Old Style Figures
12557 Use True Small Caps
12560 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12563 Use Old Style Figures
12565 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12571 \begin_inset space ~
12574 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12577 Use True Small Caps
12579 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12580 of scaled capitals.
12581 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12582 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12585 \begin_layout Standard
12590 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12591 a font to display the script characters.
12595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12596 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12601 So this has no effect for the document language
12617 \begin_layout Standard
12618 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12630 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12634 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12635 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12636 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12638 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12641 dialog, see section
12642 \begin_inset space ~
12646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12648 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12660 \begin_layout Subsection
12661 Using Different Character Styles
12662 \begin_inset Index idx
12665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12672 \begin_inset Index idx
12675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12684 \begin_layout Standard
12685 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12686 certain paragraph environments.
12687 LyX supports two character styles,
12696 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12700 \begin_layout Standard
12705 style, do one of the following:
12708 \begin_layout Itemize
12709 click on the toolbar button
12718 \begin_layout Itemize
12719 use the key binding
12728 \begin_layout Standard
12729 These commands are all toggles.
12734 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12737 \begin_layout Standard
12738 One typically uses the
12742 style for proper names.
12744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12751 is the original author of LyX.
12752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12758 \begin_layout Standard
12759 A more widely used character style is the
12764 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12771 \begin_layout Itemize
12772 clicking on the toolbar button
12781 \begin_layout Itemize
12782 using the keybindings
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12796 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12797 es use a different font.
12800 \begin_layout Standard
12801 We've been using the
12805 style all over the place in this document.
12806 Here's one more example:
12809 \begin_layout Quotation
12812 Don't overuse character styles!
12815 \begin_layout Standard
12816 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12817 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12818 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12819 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12832 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12834 \begin_inset space ~
12842 \begin_layout Subsection
12843 Fine-Tuning with the
12848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12850 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12855 \begin_inset Index idx
12858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12867 \begin_layout Standard
12868 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12869 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12870 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12871 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12872 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12873 from ordinary dialog.
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12878 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12879 \begin_inset Newline newline
12882 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12883 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12886 \begin_layout Standard
12887 To use custom character styles, open the
12889 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12891 \begin_inset space ~
12894 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12895 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12899 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12900 font property which you can choose.
12901 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12904 \begin_inset space ~
12909 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12914 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12915 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12916 environments in a snap.
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12923 \begin_inset space ~
12935 \begin_layout Labeling
12936 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12950 The possible options are:
12954 \begin_layout Labeling
12955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12960 This is the Roman font family.
12961 Normally a serif font.
12962 It's also the default family.
12972 \begin_layout Labeling
12973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12977 \begin_inset space ~
12984 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12996 \begin_layout Labeling
12997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13004 This is the Typewriter font family.
13010 arg "font-typewriter"
13019 \begin_layout Labeling
13020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13025 This corresponds to the print weight.
13030 \begin_layout Labeling
13031 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13036 This is the Medium font series.
13037 It's also the default series.
13040 \begin_layout Labeling
13041 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13048 This is the Bold font series.
13061 \begin_layout Labeling
13062 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13067 As the name implies.
13072 \begin_layout Labeling
13073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13078 This is the Upright font shape.
13079 It's also the default shape.
13082 \begin_layout Labeling
13083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13097 s the Italic font shape
13103 \begin_layout Labeling
13104 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13111 This is the Slanted font shape
13113 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13116 \begin_layout Labeling
13117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13121 \begin_inset space ~
13128 This is the Small caps font shape
13135 \begin_layout Labeling
13136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13141 Alters the size of the font.
13142 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13143 nal to the document font size.
13144 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13145 what you want to do.
13150 \begin_layout Labeling
13151 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13172 arg "font-size tiny"
13178 \begin_layout Labeling
13179 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13200 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13206 \begin_layout Labeling
13207 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13228 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13234 \begin_layout Labeling
13235 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13256 arg "font-size small"
13262 \begin_layout Labeling
13263 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13277 It's also the default size.
13281 arg "font-size normal"
13287 \begin_layout Labeling
13288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13309 arg "font-size large"
13315 \begin_layout Labeling
13316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13337 arg "font-size larger"
13343 \begin_layout Labeling
13344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 arg "font-size largest"
13371 \begin_layout Labeling
13372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13393 arg "font-size huge"
13399 \begin_layout Labeling
13400 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13421 arg "font-size giant"
13427 \begin_layout Labeling
13428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13433 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 arg "font-size increase"
13459 \begin_layout Labeling
13460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13465 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13485 arg "font-size decrease"
13492 \begin_layout Standard
13497 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13498 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13499 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13500 — use that instead.
13501 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13504 \begin_layout Labeling
13505 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13510 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13515 \begin_layout Labeling
13516 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13523 This is text with emphasize on
13526 This might seem like the same as
13530 , but it is actually a bit different.
13536 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13538 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13541 \begin_layout Labeling
13542 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13549 This is text with Underbar on.
13555 arg "font-underline"
13561 \begin_inset Newline newline
13566 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13567 when you couldn't change fonts.
13568 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13569 It's only included in LyX because some people
13573 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13576 \begin_layout Labeling
13577 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13581 \begin_inset space ~
13588 This is text with Double underbar on.
13594 arg "font-underunderline"
13598 \begin_inset Newline newline
13601 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13602 about double underbar.
13605 \begin_layout Labeling
13606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13610 \begin_inset space ~
13617 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13623 arg "font-underwave"
13627 \begin_inset Newline newline
13630 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13631 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13634 \begin_layout Labeling
13635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13642 This is text with Strikeout on.
13648 arg "font-strikeout"
13651 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13655 \begin_layout Labeling
13656 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13663 This is text with Noun on.
13670 , this is a logical attribute.
13671 Normally it's equivalent to
13674 \begin_inset space ~
13683 \begin_layout Labeling
13684 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13689 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13690 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13694 \begin_inset space ~
13699 , which is the default
13700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13707 and means normally black, you can choose between
13740 \begin_inset Index idx
13743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13752 \begin_layout Labeling
13753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13758 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13759 the language of the document.
13760 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13764 \begin_layout Standard
13765 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13766 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13768 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13770 \begin_inset space ~
13775 dialog, the settings are saved.
13776 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13779 arg "textstyle-apply"
13783 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13788 \begin_layout Standard
13789 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13796 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13797 (suppose you just set the shape to
13798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13816 \begin_inset space ~
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13829 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13837 \begin_inset space ~
13849 \begin_layout Itemize
13855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13862 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13880 \begin_inset Newline newline
13884 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13898 \begin_inset Note Note
13901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13902 For more on phantoms see section
13903 \begin_inset space ~
13907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13909 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13919 \begin_inset Newline newline
13925 \begin_layout Itemize
13930 fonts use characters with serifs.
13931 These are the small
13932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13939 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13940 The following example will show the difference:
13941 \begin_inset Newline newline
13945 \begin_inset Newline newline
13950 text without serifs
13953 \begin_inset Newline newline
13956 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13957 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13964 \begin_layout Itemize
13970 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13971 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13974 \begin_layout Standard
13975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13982 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13983 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13984 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13986 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13987 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13988 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14005 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14006 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14014 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14023 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14058 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14071 \begin_layout Standard
14072 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14073 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14076 \begin_layout Section
14077 Printing and Previewing
14080 \begin_layout Subsection
14084 \begin_layout Standard
14085 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14086 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14087 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14088 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14089 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14091 Additional Features
14096 \begin_layout Standard
14097 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14098 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14099 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14100 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14101 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14102 This happens in two stages:
14105 \begin_layout Enumerate
14106 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14107 generating a file with the extension,
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 \begin_layout Enumerate
14123 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14127 file to produce printable output.
14131 \begin_layout Subsection
14132 Output file formats
14133 \begin_inset Index idx
14136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14145 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14153 Simple text (ASCII)
14154 \begin_inset Index idx
14157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14158 File formats ! ASCII
14166 \begin_layout Standard
14167 This file type has the extension
14168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14180 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14184 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14191 \begin_layout Standard
14192 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14194 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14195 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14197 \begin_inset space ~
14204 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14205 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14207 \begin_inset space ~
14211 \begin_inset space ~
14217 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14221 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14223 \begin_inset Index idx
14226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14227 File formats ! LaTeX
14235 \begin_layout Standard
14236 This file type has the extension
14237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14248 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14250 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14251 it manually with console commands.
14252 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14253 you view or export your document.
14256 \begin_layout Standard
14257 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14259 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14260 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14277 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14279 \begin_inset Index idx
14282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14291 \begin_layout Standard
14292 This file type has the extension
14293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14313 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14314 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14315 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14320 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14321 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14322 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14323 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14325 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14328 \begin_layout Standard
14329 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14337 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14338 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14340 \begin_inset space ~
14347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14357 The latter option uses the program
14366 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14367 font access (see section
14368 \begin_inset space ~
14372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14374 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14379 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14385 \begin_inset Index idx
14388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14389 File formats ! PostScript
14397 \begin_layout Standard
14398 This file type has the extension
14399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14411 PostScript was developed by the company
14415 as a printer language.
14416 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14418 PostScript can be seen as a
14419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14422 programming language
14423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14426 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14431 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14437 \begin_inset Index idx
14440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14441 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14451 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14455 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14459 Encapsulated PostScript
14460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14463 (EPS, file extension
14464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14476 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14477 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14479 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14482 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14486 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14487 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14488 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14489 EPS to avoid this problem.
14492 \begin_layout Standard
14493 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14495 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14496 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14502 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14504 \begin_inset Index idx
14507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14514 \begin_inset Index idx
14517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14526 \begin_layout Standard
14527 This file type has the extension
14528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14544 Portable Document Format
14545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14552 was derived from PostScript.
14553 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14563 looks exactly the same.
14566 \begin_layout Standard
14567 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14571 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14575 (JPG, file extension
14576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14603 Portable Network Graphics
14604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14607 (PNG, file extension
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14621 in the background to one of these formats.
14622 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14623 will slow down your workflow.
14624 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14627 \begin_layout Standard
14628 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14630 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14633 in three different ways:
14636 \begin_layout Description
14637 PDF This uses the program
14641 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14642 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14646 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14647 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14650 \begin_layout Description
14652 \begin_inset space ~
14655 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14659 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14663 \begin_layout Description
14665 \begin_inset space ~
14668 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14672 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14675 \begin_layout Description
14677 \begin_inset space ~
14684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14691 X) This uses the program
14695 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14700 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14701 font access (see section
14702 \begin_inset space ~
14706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14708 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14713 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14716 \begin_layout Description
14718 \begin_inset space ~
14725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14732 X) This uses the program
14736 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14741 is an even newer engine, derived from
14745 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14746 access (see section
14747 \begin_inset space ~
14751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14753 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14758 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14762 \begin_layout Standard
14763 We recommend to use
14766 \begin_inset space ~
14775 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14776 works without problems.
14777 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14778 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14782 \begin_inset space ~
14789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14801 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14817 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14825 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14827 \begin_inset Index idx
14830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14831 FileFormats ! XHTML
14837 \begin_inset Index idx
14840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14850 This file type has the extension
14851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14863 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14864 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14865 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14866 suitable for the purpose.
14867 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14868 it, but not all do.
14871 \begin_layout Standard
14872 XHTML output remains
14873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14880 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14885 LyX and the World Wide Web
14886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14891 Additional Features
14893 manual, for more information.
14896 \begin_layout Standard
14897 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14899 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14900 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14906 \begin_layout Subsection
14908 \begin_inset Index idx
14911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14920 \begin_layout Standard
14921 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14922 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14931 or the toolbar button
14938 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14939 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14940 \begin_inset space ~
14944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14946 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14950 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14952 \begin_inset space ~
14956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14958 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14963 Further output formats can be selected via
14965 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14968 or the toolbar button
14969 \begin_inset Graphics
14970 filename ../images/view-others.png
14972 groupId toolbarbuttons
14979 \begin_layout Standard
14980 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14981 viewer window using the menu
14983 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14988 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14989 Update (Other Formats)
14994 \begin_layout Standard
14995 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14997 To have a real output, export your document.
15000 \begin_layout Subsection
15001 Printing the File from within LyX
15002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15004 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15012 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15013 it directly from within LyX.
15014 To print a file, select the menu
15016 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15019 or click on the toolbar button
15022 arg "dialog-show print"
15026 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15027 This file is then processed by the program
15031 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15036 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15039 \begin_layout Standard
15040 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15041 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15042 printing one set to print on the other side.
15043 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15044 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15045 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15048 \begin_layout Standard
15049 You can set the parameters in the
15052 \begin_inset space ~
15060 \begin_layout Labeling
15061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15066 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15071 Note that this printer name is for the program
15080 has to be configured for this printer name.
15081 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15082 \begin_inset space ~
15086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15088 reference "sub:Printer"
15097 The printer should understand PostScript.
15100 \begin_layout Labeling
15101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15106 The name of a file to print to.
15107 The output will be a PostScript file.
15108 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15112 \begin_layout Section
15113 A few Words about Typography
15114 \begin_inset Index idx
15117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15126 \begin_layout Subsection
15128 \begin_inset Index idx
15131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15140 \begin_layout Standard
15142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15153 character comes in four lengths: the
15165 , and the minus sign:
15166 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15172 \begin_layout Standard
15173 \begin_inset Tabular
15174 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15175 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15176 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15177 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15178 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15179 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15208 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15248 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15275 \begin_inset space ~
15278 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15285 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15312 \begin_inset space ~
15315 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15336 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15370 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15376 \begin_layout Standard
15377 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15389 character multiple times in a row.
15390 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15391 the final output, but not in LyX.
15393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15397 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15423 \begin_layout Standard
15424 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15425 math mode and has a length of its own.
15426 Here are some examples of the
15427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15441 \begin_layout Enumerate
15442 line- and page-breaks
15443 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15453 \begin_layout Enumerate
15455 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15465 \begin_layout Enumerate
15466 Oh — there's a dash.
15467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15477 \begin_layout Enumerate
15478 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15482 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15492 \begin_layout Subsection
15494 \begin_inset Index idx
15497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15506 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15513 \begin_layout Standard
15514 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15515 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15520 \begin_inset Index idx
15523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15524 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15529 following the rules of the document language.
15532 \begin_layout Standard
15533 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15538 font and with unusual constructs, like
15539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15547 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15548 This is done with the menu
15550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15551 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15553 \begin_inset space ~
15559 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15560 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15563 \begin_layout Standard
15564 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15565 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15575 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15583 as a hyphenation possibility.
15584 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15585 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15586 as described in section
15587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15590 Prevent Hyphenation
15591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15601 \begin_layout Subsection
15603 \begin_inset Index idx
15606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15615 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15616 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15619 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15626 \begin_layout Standard
15627 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15628 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15629 LaTeX then adds the
15630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15633 appropriate amount of space
15634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15638 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15640 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15643 \begin_layout Standard
15644 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15645 not work in all cases.
15647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15658 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15659 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15663 Here are some examples of
15667 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15670 \begin_layout Itemize
15675 \begin_layout Itemize
15680 \begin_layout Standard
15681 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15684 \begin_layout Itemize
15686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15690 this is too much space!
15693 \begin_layout Itemize
15698 \begin_layout Standard
15699 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15702 \begin_layout Standard
15703 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15706 \begin_layout Enumerate
15710 \begin_inset space ~
15715 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15716 \begin_inset space ~
15720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15722 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15727 \begin_inset Index idx
15730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15731 Spaces ! inter-word
15739 \begin_layout Enumerate
15743 \begin_inset space ~
15748 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15749 \begin_inset space ~
15753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15755 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15760 \begin_inset Index idx
15763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15772 \begin_layout Enumerate
15776 \begin_inset space ~
15780 \begin_inset space ~
15784 \begin_inset space ~
15791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15793 \begin_inset space ~
15798 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15799 This function is also bound to
15802 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15809 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15812 \begin_layout Itemize
15814 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15818 \begin_inset space \space{}
15821 this is too much space!
15824 \begin_layout Itemize
15825 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15829 \begin_layout Standard
15830 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15831 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15832 will take care of this.
15835 \begin_layout Standard
15836 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15840 \begin_inset space ~
15845 feature described in section
15851 Additional Features
15856 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15858 \begin_inset Index idx
15861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15862 Typography ! Quotes
15868 \begin_inset Index idx
15871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15902 \begin_layout Standard
15903 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15904 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15905 and use a closing quote at the end.
15907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15915 The keyboard character,
15919 , generates this automatically.
15922 \begin_layout Standard
15923 You can change the behavior of the
15927 key using the submenu
15933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15937 \begin_inset Index idx
15940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 Document ! Settings
15949 \begin_layout Standard
15950 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15955 There are six choices:
15958 \begin_layout Labeling
15959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15971 Use quotes like this
15972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15980 \begin_inset Quotes els
15984 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15990 \begin_layout Labeling
15991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15994 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15998 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16004 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16008 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16012 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16018 \begin_layout Labeling
16019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16022 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16026 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16032 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16036 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16040 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16044 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16050 \begin_layout Labeling
16051 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16054 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16058 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16064 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16068 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16072 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16076 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16082 \begin_layout Labeling
16083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16086 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16090 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16096 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16100 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16104 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16108 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16114 \begin_layout Labeling
16115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16118 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16122 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16128 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16132 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16136 \begin_inset Quotes als
16140 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16146 \begin_layout Standard
16147 These settings affect what character the
16154 \begin_layout Subsection
16156 \begin_inset Index idx
16159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 Typography ! Ligatures
16166 \begin_inset Index idx
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16200 name "sub:Ligatures"
16207 \begin_layout Standard
16208 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16209 print them as single characters.
16210 These groups are known as
16215 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16217 Here are the standard ligatures:
16220 \begin_layout Itemize
16224 \begin_layout Itemize
16228 \begin_layout Itemize
16232 \begin_layout Itemize
16236 \begin_layout Itemize
16240 \begin_layout Standard
16241 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16244 \begin_layout Standard
16245 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16246 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16254 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16270 To break a ligature, use
16272 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16273 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16275 \begin_inset space ~
16282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16293 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16310 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16318 \begin_layout Subsection
16320 \begin_inset Index idx
16323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16332 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16339 \begin_layout Standard
16340 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16341 characters in different sizes and heights.
16342 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16343 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16363 \begin_inset Note Note
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16375 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16376 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16381 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16385 \begin_layout Description
16386 LyX The name of the game, write
16387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16408 \begin_layout Description
16409 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16431 \begin_layout Description
16432 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16454 \begin_layout Description
16455 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16477 \begin_layout Standard
16478 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16483 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16491 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16492 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16493 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16496 : The actual version is
16497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16504 , the previous one was
16505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16515 \begin_layout Standard
16516 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16521 \begin_inset space \space{}
16524 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16526 This will look in LyX like:
16527 \begin_inset Graphics
16528 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16534 \begin_inset Newline newline
16537 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16538 \begin_inset space ~
16542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16544 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16551 \begin_layout Subsection
16553 \begin_inset Index idx
16556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 \begin_layout Standard
16566 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16567 space between two words.
16568 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16578 for units use the menu
16580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16581 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16583 \begin_inset space ~
16591 arg "space-insert thin"
16597 \begin_layout Standard
16598 Here's an example to show the differences:
16601 \begin_layout Standard
16602 \begin_inset Tabular
16603 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16604 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16605 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16606 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16613 \begin_inset space ~
16617 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16629 space between number and unit
16636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16645 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 half space between number and unit
16670 \begin_layout Subsection
16672 \begin_inset Index idx
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16684 \begin_layout Standard
16685 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16687 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16688 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16689 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16690 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16691 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16692 These bits of text became known as
16703 \begin_layout Standard
16704 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16705 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16706 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16707 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16708 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16709 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16710 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16713 \begin_layout Standard
16714 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16715 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16716 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16717 \begin_inset space ~
16721 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16723 key "latexcompanion"
16728 \begin_inset space ~
16732 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16738 ] may have more information.
16739 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16742 \begin_layout Chapter
16743 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16746 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16753 \begin_layout Standard
16754 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16759 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16762 \begin_layout Section
16764 \begin_inset Index idx
16767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16783 \begin_layout Standard
16784 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16787 \begin_layout Description
16789 \begin_inset space ~
16792 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16793 \begin_inset Newline newline
16797 \begin_inset Note Note
16800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16801 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16809 \begin_layout Description
16810 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16811 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16813 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16814 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16815 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16818 \begin_inset Newline newline
16822 \begin_inset Note Comment
16825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16826 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16834 \begin_layout Description
16836 \begin_inset space ~
16839 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16840 \begin_inset Newline newline
16844 \begin_inset Newline newline
16848 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16857 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16858 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16859 How this can be done is explained in the
16868 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16874 \begin_inset Newline newline
16878 \begin_inset Newline newline
16881 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16882 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16885 \begin_layout Standard
16886 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16898 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16901 \begin_layout Section
16903 \begin_inset Index idx
16906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16915 name "sec:Footnotes"
16922 \begin_layout Standard
16923 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16929 or the toolbar button
16932 arg "footnote-insert"
16944 \begin_inset Graphics
16945 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16954 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16983 label, the box will
16987 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16988 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17001 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17017 \begin_layout Standard
17018 Here's an example footnote:
17026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17027 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17035 \begin_layout Standard
17036 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17037 position where the footnote box is placed.
17038 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17039 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17040 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17041 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17042 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17047 ey are described in the
17054 \begin_layout Section
17056 \begin_inset Index idx
17059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17068 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17075 \begin_layout Standard
17076 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17077 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17079 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17081 \begin_inset space ~
17086 or the toolbar button
17089 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17115 appearing within your text.
17116 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17125 \begin_layout Standard
17126 At the side is an example marginal note.
17130 \begin_inset Marginal
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 This is a marginal note.
17142 \begin_layout Standard
17143 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17144 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17145 pages, right on odd pages.
17148 \begin_layout Section
17149 Graphics and Images
17150 \begin_inset Index idx
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 \begin_inset Index idx
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17172 name "sec:Graphics"
17179 \begin_layout Standard
17180 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17181 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17184 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17193 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17196 \begin_layout Standard
17197 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17202 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17203 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17205 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17206 \begin_inset space ~
17210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17212 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17219 \begin_layout Standard
17224 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17225 of the image in the output.
17226 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17230 \begin_inset space ~
17234 \begin_inset space ~
17243 \begin_inset space ~
17247 \begin_inset space ~
17251 \begin_inset space ~
17256 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17257 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17265 \begin_layout Standard
17268 LaTeX and LyX options
17270 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17271 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17275 \begin_inset space ~
17280 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17281 with the image size is printed.
17285 \begin_inset space ~
17289 \begin_inset space ~
17293 \begin_inset space ~
17298 is explained in the
17309 \begin_layout Standard
17310 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17311 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17313 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17317 \begin_layout Standard
17319 \begin_inset Graphics
17320 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17328 \begin_layout Standard
17329 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17330 the image into a float, see section
17331 \begin_inset space ~
17335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17337 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
17344 \begin_layout Subsection
17346 \begin_inset Index idx
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17358 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17365 \begin_layout Standard
17366 You can insert images in any known file format.
17367 But as we explained in section
17368 \begin_inset space ~
17372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17374 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17378 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17379 LyX uses therefore the program
17383 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17384 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17385 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17386 \begin_inset space ~
17390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17392 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17399 \begin_layout Standard
17400 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17403 \begin_layout Description
17405 \begin_inset space ~
17408 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17409 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17410 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17414 Graphics Interchange Format
17415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17418 (GIF, file extension
17419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17431 \begin_inset Index idx
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17466 Portable Network Graphics
17467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17470 (PNG, file extension
17471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17483 \begin_inset Index idx
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17518 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17522 (JPG, file extension
17523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17547 \begin_inset Index idx
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17581 \begin_layout Description
17583 \begin_inset space ~
17586 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17588 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17589 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17590 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17591 \begin_inset Newline newline
17594 Scalable image formats can be
17595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17598 Scalable Vector Graphics
17599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17602 (SVG, file extension
17603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17615 \begin_inset Index idx
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17650 Encapsulated PostScript
17651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17654 (EPS, file extension
17655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17667 \begin_inset Index idx
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17702 Portable Document Format
17703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17706 (PDF, file extension
17707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17719 \begin_inset Index idx
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17730 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17731 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17745 \begin_layout Standard
17746 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17750 \begin_layout Subsection
17751 Grouping of Image Settings
17752 \begin_inset Index idx
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17756 Images ! Settings grouping
17764 \begin_layout Standard
17765 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17767 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17768 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17770 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17771 need to manually change each of them.
17775 \begin_layout Standard
17776 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17779 \begin_inset space ~
17784 field in the Graphics dialog.
17785 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17786 by checking the name of the desired group.
17789 \begin_layout Section
17791 \begin_inset Index idx
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17810 \begin_layout Standard
17811 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17814 arg "tabular-insert"
17819 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17823 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17824 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17825 from the rest of the table.
17826 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17827 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17829 Here's an example table:
17832 \begin_layout Standard
17834 \begin_inset Tabular
17835 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17836 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17838 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17840 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 \begin_layout Subsection
18044 \begin_layout Standard
18045 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18046 brings up the table dialog.
18047 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18048 where the cursor is placed currently.
18049 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18050 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18051 done on all of your selection.
18054 \begin_layout Standard
18055 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18058 \begin_inset space ~
18063 helps you in setting table properties.
18064 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18067 \begin_layout Standard
18071 \begin_inset space ~
18076 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18077 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18078 current cell respectively.
18079 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18081 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18082 of text, see section
18083 \begin_inset space ~
18087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18089 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18096 \begin_layout Standard
18097 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18098 using the check box
18107 This will merge the cells to
18111 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18112 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18113 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18114 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18115 in the last row without the upper border:
18118 \begin_layout Standard
18120 \begin_inset Tabular
18121 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18122 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18123 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18124 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18125 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18126 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18146 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 \begin_layout Standard
18258 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18259 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18260 explained in the tables section of the
18263 \begin_inset space ~
18269 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18273 degrees counterclockwise.
18274 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18277 \begin_layout Standard
18278 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 Most DVI-viewers are
18290 able to display rotations.
18298 \begin_layout Standard
18303 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18308 adds lines for all cell borders.
18311 \begin_layout Subsection
18313 \begin_inset Index idx
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 Tables ! Longtables
18323 \begin_inset Index idx
18326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 \begin_layout Standard
18336 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18339 \begin_inset space ~
18343 \begin_inset space ~
18352 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18353 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18356 \begin_layout Description
18361 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18362 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18363 except for the first page, if
18366 \begin_inset space ~
18374 \begin_layout Description
18378 \begin_inset space ~
18383 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18384 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18387 \begin_layout Description
18392 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18393 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18394 except for the last page, if
18397 \begin_inset space ~
18405 \begin_layout Description
18409 \begin_inset space ~
18414 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18415 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18418 \begin_layout Description
18419 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18420 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18426 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18429 \begin_inset space ~
18437 \begin_layout Standard
18438 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18439 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18440 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18441 The others will then be defined as
18446 In this context, first means first in this order:
18449 \begin_inset space ~
18461 \begin_inset space ~
18467 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18470 \begin_layout Standard
18472 \begin_inset Tabular
18473 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18474 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18475 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18476 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18477 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18478 <row endfirsthead="true">
18479 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18490 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18509 <row endfirsthead="true">
18510 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18542 <row endhead="true">
18543 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18573 <row endhead="true">
18574 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <row endfoot="true">
18607 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19659 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19783 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19814 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19938 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20062 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20124 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20155 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20186 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20217 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20279 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20310 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20372 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20403 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20434 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20465 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20496 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20527 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20558 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20588 <row endlastfoot="true">
20589 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20609 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20626 \begin_layout Subsection
20628 \begin_inset Index idx
20631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20640 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20647 \begin_layout Standard
20648 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20649 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20650 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20651 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20655 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20656 for the cell's paragraph.
20659 \begin_layout Standard
20660 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20661 for the column in the table dialog.
20662 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20663 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20669 \begin_inset Tabular
20670 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20671 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20673 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20694 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20763 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20819 This is longer now.
20824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20876 This is longer now.
20881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20907 \begin_layout Standard
20908 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20909 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20914 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20915 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20921 Selection with the mouse or with
20925 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20926 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20927 the selection from outside the table.
20930 \begin_layout Section
20932 \begin_inset Index idx
20935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20951 \begin_layout Standard
20952 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20953 have a fixed location.
20955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20962 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20970 \begin_inset space ~
20975 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20976 too many notes on the page.
20979 \begin_layout Standard
20980 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20981 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20982 and pages without text.
20983 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20984 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20985 Floats are therefore numbered.
20986 Referencing is described in section
20987 \begin_inset space ~
20991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20993 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21000 \begin_layout Standard
21001 To insert a float, use the menu
21003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21007 A box with a caption that has e.
21008 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21012 \begin_inset space \space{}
21016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21020 \begin_inset space ~
21024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21027 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
21028 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21030 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21031 \begin_inset Index idx
21034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21040 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21041 paragraph within the float.
21042 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21043 by left-clicking on the box label.
21044 A closed float box looks like this:
21045 \begin_inset Graphics
21046 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21051 – a gray button with a red label.
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21055 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21056 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21059 \begin_layout Subsection
21063 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21065 \begin_inset Index idx
21068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21069 Floats ! Figure floats
21075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21077 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
21084 \begin_layout Standard
21087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21088 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21091 inserts a float with the label
21092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21098 \begin_inset space ~
21104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21108 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
21109 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
21110 This is what we did for Figure
21111 \begin_inset space ~
21115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21117 reference "cap:Platypus"
21122 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
21123 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
21124 This was done in Figure
21125 \begin_inset space ~
21129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21131 reference "cap:Escher"
21138 \begin_layout Standard
21139 \begin_inset Float figure
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21146 \begin_inset Graphics
21147 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21156 \begin_inset Caption
21158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21161 name "cap:Platypus"
21165 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21179 \begin_inset Float figure
21184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21185 \begin_inset Caption
21187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21205 \begin_inset Graphics
21206 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21219 \begin_layout Standard
21220 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21222 As described in section
21223 \begin_inset space ~
21227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21229 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21233 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21238 and refer to it using the menu
21240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21244 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21253 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21265 \begin_layout Standard
21266 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21267 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21268 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21269 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
21271 \begin_inset space ~
21275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21277 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21281 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21282 You can also set the images one below the other.
21284 \begin_inset space ~
21288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21290 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21297 reference "fig:Platypus"
21301 are the subfigures.
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21305 \begin_inset Float figure
21310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21311 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21315 \begin_inset Float figure
21320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21321 \begin_inset Caption
21323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21326 name "fig:Undefinable"
21338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21339 \begin_inset Graphics
21340 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21351 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21355 \begin_inset Float figure
21360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21361 \begin_inset Caption
21363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21366 name "fig:Platypus"
21378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21379 \begin_inset Graphics
21380 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21392 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21399 \begin_inset Caption
21401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21404 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21408 Two distorted images.
21421 \begin_layout Standard
21422 Note that the caption is added to the
21425 \begin_inset space ~
21429 \begin_inset space ~
21434 as described in section
21435 \begin_inset space ~
21439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21441 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21450 \begin_inset Index idx
21453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21454 Floats ! Table floats
21462 \begin_layout Standard
21463 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21465 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21466 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21470 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21473 \begin_inset space ~
21477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21479 reference "cap:Table-float"
21483 is an example of a table float.
21486 \begin_layout Standard
21487 \begin_inset Float table
21492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21493 \begin_inset Caption
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21498 name "cap:Table-float"
21510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21512 \begin_inset Tabular
21513 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21514 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21517 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21644 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21665 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21668 \end{array}\right]$
21676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21689 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21712 \begin_inset Index idx
21715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21716 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21724 \begin_layout Standard
21725 This float type is inserted with the menu
21727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21728 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21732 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21733 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21737 , described in section
21738 \begin_inset space ~
21742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21744 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21751 \begin_layout Standard
21752 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21760 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21766 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21769 \begin_layout Standard
21774 floatname{algorithm}{your
21775 \begin_inset space ~
21781 \begin_layout Standard
21782 to the document preamble (menu
21784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21791 \begin_inset space ~
21797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21813 \begin_inset Index idx
21816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21817 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21825 \begin_layout Standard
21826 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_inset Graphics
21835 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21844 \begin_inset Caption
21846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21849 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21853 This is a wrapped figure.
21854 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21867 This float type is used if you want to
21868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21875 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21877 It can be inserted using the menu
21879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21880 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21882 \begin_inset space ~
21887 if the LaTeX-package
21892 \begin_inset Index idx
21895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21896 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21906 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21909 \begin_inset space ~
21919 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21922 \begin_inset space ~
21926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21928 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21932 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21941 Available units are explained in Appendix
21942 \begin_inset space ~
21946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21948 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21957 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21961 \begin_layout Standard
21962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21970 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21975 \begin_inset space \space{}
21978 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21979 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21988 \begin_layout Itemize
21989 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21990 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21991 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21992 page breaks will appear.
21995 \begin_layout Itemize
21996 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21997 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
22000 \begin_layout Itemize
22001 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
22002 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
22005 \begin_layout Itemize
22006 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
22009 \begin_layout Subsection
22011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22013 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22018 \begin_inset Index idx
22021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22030 \begin_layout Standard
22031 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
22032 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
22036 \begin_inset space ~
22044 \begin_layout Standard
22045 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
22046 have a multicolumn document).
22047 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
22050 \begin_inset space ~
22056 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
22057 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
22064 \begin_layout Standard
22065 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
22066 format is also the same: Table
22067 \begin_inset space ~
22071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22073 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
22077 is an example of a rotated table float.
22080 \begin_layout Standard
22081 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22089 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
22097 \begin_layout Standard
22098 \begin_inset Float table
22103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 \begin_inset Caption
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22109 name "cap:Rotated-table"
22121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22123 \begin_inset Tabular
22124 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
22125 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22126 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22127 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22128 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
22132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22190 \begin_layout Subsection
22192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22194 name "sub:Float-Placement"
22199 \begin_inset Index idx
22202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22211 \begin_layout Standard
22212 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
22213 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
22214 \begin_inset Newline newline
22220 \begin_inset space ~
22225 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
22226 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
22227 \begin_inset Newline newline
22233 \begin_inset space ~
22238 is used to rotate floats, see section
22239 \begin_inset space ~
22243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22245 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
22252 \begin_layout Standard
22253 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
22254 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
22257 \begin_inset space ~
22261 \begin_inset space ~
22269 \begin_layout Description
22271 \begin_inset space ~
22275 \begin_inset space ~
22278 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
22281 \begin_layout Description
22283 \begin_inset space ~
22287 \begin_inset space ~
22290 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
22293 \begin_layout Description
22295 \begin_inset space ~
22299 \begin_inset space ~
22302 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
22305 \begin_layout Description
22307 \begin_inset space ~
22311 \begin_inset space ~
22314 floats: try to place the float at an own page
22317 \begin_layout Standard
22318 The order of the above option is
22323 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
22327 \begin_inset space ~
22331 \begin_inset space ~
22339 \begin_inset space ~
22343 \begin_inset space ~
22348 , and then the others.
22349 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
22351 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
22352 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
22355 \begin_layout Standard
22356 By default, each option has its own rules:
22359 \begin_layout Standard
22363 \begin_inset space ~
22367 \begin_inset space ~
22372 only floats occupying less than 70
22373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22376 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
22379 \begin_layout Standard
22383 \begin_inset space ~
22387 \begin_inset space ~
22392 : only floats occupying less than 30
22393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22396 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22403 \begin_inset space ~
22407 \begin_inset space ~
22412 : only if more than 50
22413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22416 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22420 \begin_layout Standard
22421 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22425 \begin_inset space ~
22429 \begin_inset space ~
22437 \begin_layout Standard
22438 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22439 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22440 For this case you can use the option
22443 \begin_inset space ~
22449 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22451 Because the float is then no longer able to
22452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22459 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22462 \begin_layout Standard
22463 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22464 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22467 \begin_layout Standard
22468 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22470 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22472 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22479 \begin_layout Section
22481 \begin_inset Index idx
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22493 name "sec:Minipages"
22500 \begin_layout Standard
22501 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22503 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22504 \begin_inset space ~
22511 \begin_layout Standard
22512 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22514 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22518 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22519 and its alignment within the page.
22522 \begin_layout Standard
22524 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22534 height_special "totalheight"
22537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22540 This is a minipage.
22541 The text is set in an italic style.
22544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22547 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22548 another formatting.
22556 \begin_layout Standard
22557 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22560 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22564 as described in section
22565 \begin_inset space ~
22569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22571 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22576 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22583 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22593 height_special "totalheight"
22596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22597 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22598 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22608 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22618 height_special "totalheight"
22621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22622 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22623 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22631 \begin_layout Standard
22632 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22638 \begin_layout Standard
22639 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22640 to other box types.
22641 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22652 \begin_layout Chapter
22653 Mathematical Formulas
22654 \begin_inset Index idx
22657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22664 \begin_inset Index idx
22667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22698 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22705 \begin_layout Standard
22706 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22711 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22714 \begin_layout Section
22716 \begin_inset Index idx
22719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22728 \begin_layout Standard
22729 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22736 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22738 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22739 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22740 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22748 \begin_layout Standard
22749 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22753 \begin_inset space ~
22758 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22761 \begin_layout Standard
22762 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22763 line, like this one:
22766 \begin_layout Standard
22767 This is a line with an inline formula
22768 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22775 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22777 \begin_inset Formula
22784 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22787 \begin_layout Standard
22788 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22794 \begin_inset space \space{}
22798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22811 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22812 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22816 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22819 \begin_inset space ~
22827 \begin_layout Subsection
22828 Navigating in Formulas
22829 \begin_inset Index idx
22832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22841 \begin_layout Standard
22842 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22843 achieved with the arrow keys.
22844 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22845 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22850 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22851 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22855 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22859 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22862 \end{array}\right]$
22870 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22875 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22876 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22879 \begin_layout Standard
22884 , printed in this document as
22885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22906 \begin_inset Note Note
22909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22910 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22911 space character (visible space).
22916 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22917 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22918 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22923 For example, if you want
22924 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22978 , since in the latter case only the
22981 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22986 will be under the square root sign:
22987 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22993 \begin_layout Standard
22994 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22996 \begin_inset Formula
22998 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23007 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
23008 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
23011 \begin_layout Subsection
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23016 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
23017 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
23021 and a cursor movement key to select text.
23022 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
23023 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
23024 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
23025 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
23028 \begin_layout Subsection
23029 Exponents and Subscripts
23030 \begin_inset Index idx
23033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23040 \begin_inset Index idx
23043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23052 \begin_layout Standard
23053 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
23054 way is to use a command.
23056 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
23059 , type in a formula
23065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23081 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
23087 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
23091 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
23100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23112 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
23114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23121 , you have to use an extra
23125 to separate the hat and the character.
23127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23131 \begin_inset space \space{}
23135 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
23144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23156 Subscripts are similar: To get
23157 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
23166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23180 \begin_layout Subsection
23182 \begin_inset Index idx
23185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23194 \begin_layout Standard
23195 Create a fraction with either the command
23202 \begin_inset Graphics
23203 filename ../images/math/frac.png
23211 \begin_inset space ~
23217 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
23218 The cursor is above the fraction line.
23219 To move it to the bottom, simply press
23224 To move back up, press
23229 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
23230 \begin_inset Formula
23232 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
23235 \end{array}\right)}\right]
23243 \begin_layout Subsection
23245 \begin_inset Index idx
23248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23257 \begin_layout Standard
23258 Roots can be created using the
23261 \begin_inset space ~
23267 \begin_inset Graphics
23268 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
23270 groupId toolbarbuttons
23293 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
23299 produces always a square root.
23302 \begin_layout Subsection
23303 Operators with Limits
23304 \begin_inset Index idx
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23314 \begin_inset Index idx
23317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23326 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23335 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
23339 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
23342 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
23343 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
23344 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
23345 The sum operator will automatically place its
23346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23353 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
23356 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
23360 \begin_inset Formula
23362 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
23367 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
23371 \begin_layout Standard
23372 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
23374 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
23375 behind the operator and hitting
23383 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23384 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23386 \begin_inset space ~
23390 \begin_inset space ~
23398 \begin_layout Standard
23399 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23407 feature as addition, such as
23408 \begin_inset Index idx
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23418 \begin_inset Formula
23420 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23425 which will place the
23426 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23438 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23439 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23445 \begin_layout Standard
23446 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23453 Have a look at section
23454 \begin_inset space ~
23458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23460 reference "sub:Functions"
23464 for an explanation of function macros.
23467 \begin_layout Subsection
23469 \begin_inset Index idx
23472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23482 Most math symbols can be found in the
23485 \begin_inset space ~
23490 under one of several categories; including
23507 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23511 \begin_layout Standard
23512 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23513 you don't have to use the
23516 \begin_inset space ~
23521 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23522 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23525 \begin_layout Subsection
23527 \begin_inset Index idx
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 \begin_layout Standard
23540 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23545 arg "space-insert protected"
23551 \begin_inset space ~
23557 \begin_inset Graphics
23558 filename ../images/math/space.png
23560 groupId toolbarbuttons
23565 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23566 For example, the sequence
23571 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23575 \begin_inset Graphics
23576 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23581 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23582 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23583 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23584 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23586 Here are two examples:
23589 \begin_layout Standard
23599 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23605 \begin_layout Standard
23615 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23621 \begin_layout Subsection
23623 \begin_inset Index idx
23626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23633 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23635 name "sub:Functions"
23642 \begin_layout Standard
23646 \begin_inset space ~
23651 contains under the button
23652 \begin_inset Graphics
23653 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23655 groupId toolbarbuttons
23659 a number of function macros, such as
23660 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23664 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23672 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23679 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23680 avoid confusions, because
23681 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23685 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23691 \begin_layout Standard
23692 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23694 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23698 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23704 \begin_layout Standard
23705 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23706 s are placed, as described in section
23707 \begin_inset space ~
23711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23713 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23720 \begin_layout Subsection
23722 \begin_inset Index idx
23725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23734 \begin_layout Standard
23735 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23737 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23738 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23743 \begin_inset space \space{}
23747 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23750 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23751 Our example is entered by typing
23759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23772 \begin_inset space ~
23776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23778 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23782 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23785 \begin_layout Standard
23786 \begin_inset Float table
23791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23792 \begin_inset Caption
23794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23797 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23801 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23811 \begin_inset Tabular
23812 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23813 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23816 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23900 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23954 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24008 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
24018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24062 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
24072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24116 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
24126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24170 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
24180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24224 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
24234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24278 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
24288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24332 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
24342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24377 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24398 \begin_layout Standard
24399 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24402 \begin_inset space ~
24408 \begin_inset Graphics
24409 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24411 groupId toolbarbuttons
24415 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24419 \begin_layout Section
24420 Brackets and Delimiters
24421 \begin_inset Index idx
24424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24431 \begin_inset Index idx
24434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24443 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24451 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24452 For most purposes, using just the keys
24457 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24458 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24459 toolbar delimiter icon
24462 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24466 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24468 \begin_inset Formula
24470 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24478 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24479 \begin_inset Formula
24481 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24489 \begin_layout Standard
24490 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24491 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24494 \begin_layout Standard
24495 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24496 left side and right side.
24497 If you use the option
24500 \begin_inset space ~
24505 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24506 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24507 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24508 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24511 \begin_layout Standard
24512 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24513 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24514 inside the brackets.
24515 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24520 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24523 \begin_layout Section
24524 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24525 \begin_inset Index idx
24528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24535 \begin_inset Index idx
24538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24545 \begin_inset Index idx
24548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24549 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24557 \begin_layout Standard
24558 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24561 \begin_inset space ~
24567 \begin_inset Graphics
24568 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24570 groupId toolbarbuttons
24575 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24576 Here is an example:
24577 \begin_inset Formula
24579 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24588 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24589 \begin_inset space ~
24593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24595 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24600 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24601 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24602 This alignment is set in the box
24607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24655 for every column as default.
24656 For example, the sequence
24657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24668 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24669 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24670 corresponds to the relevant column.
24671 The result will look like this:
24672 \begin_inset Formula
24675 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24676 column & has & has\, right\\
24677 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24686 \begin_layout Standard
24687 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24690 arg "newline-insert newline"
24693 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24694 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24696 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24699 or the math toolbar.
24702 \begin_layout Standard
24703 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24704 It can be created with the menu
24706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24707 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24709 \begin_inset space ~
24721 Here is an example:
24722 \begin_inset Formula
24736 \begin_layout Standard
24737 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24740 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24743 arg "newline-insert newline"
24747 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24752 arg "newline-insert newline"
24755 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24763 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24764 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24765 A new row is created by every further hit of
24768 arg "newline-insert newline"
24772 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24773 Here is an example:
24774 \begin_inset Formula
24776 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24777 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24782 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24783 where you want to start the shift and hit
24788 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24789 position to the next column.
24790 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24791 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24792 \begin_inset Formula
24794 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24802 \begin_layout Standard
24803 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24810 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24811 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24814 reference "eq:asquared"
24819 The other types are described in section
24820 \begin_inset space ~
24824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24826 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24833 \begin_layout Section
24834 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24835 \begin_inset Index idx
24838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24839 Math ! Formula numbering
24845 \begin_inset Index idx
24848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24849 Math ! Referencing formulas
24855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24857 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24865 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24867 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24868 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24870 \begin_inset space ~
24878 arg "math-number-toggle"
24882 The formula number appears in LyX as
24883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24890 within parentheses.
24892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24899 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24901 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24902 the document class.
24903 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24904 separated by a dot:
24905 \begin_inset Formula
24915 arg "math-number-toggle"
24918 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24919 You can only number displayed formulas.
24922 \begin_layout Standard
24923 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24925 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24926 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24928 \begin_inset space ~
24932 \begin_inset space ~
24936 \begin_inset space ~
24944 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24947 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24948 \begin_inset Formula
24951 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24957 To number all lines use the shortcut
24960 arg "math-number-toggle"
24966 \begin_layout Standard
24967 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24970 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24971 A label is inserted with the menu
24973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24976 when the cursor is in the formula.
24977 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24978 It is recommended to use the proposed
24979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24990 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24991 type when you have many labels in your document.
24992 We inserted in the following example the label
24993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25000 in the second line:
25001 \begin_inset Formula
25003 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
25004 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
25009 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
25010 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
25012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25020 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
25022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25024 \begin_inset space ~
25030 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
25031 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
25032 as the formula number:
25035 \begin_layout Standard
25036 This is a cross-reference to equation (
25037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25039 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25046 \begin_layout Standard
25047 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
25048 \begin_inset space ~
25052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25054 reference "sec:Cross-References"
25059 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
25062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25065 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
25069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25070 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
25078 \begin_layout Section
25079 User defined math macros
25080 \begin_inset Index idx
25083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25092 \begin_layout Standard
25093 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
25094 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
25095 Math macros are explained in section
25098 \begin_inset space ~
25110 \begin_layout Section
25114 \begin_layout Subsection
25116 \begin_inset Index idx
25119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25128 \begin_layout Standard
25129 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
25130 To set a font in a formula, use the
25133 \begin_inset space ~
25139 \begin_inset Graphics
25140 filename ../images/math/font.png
25142 groupId toolbarbuttons
25146 , or enter its command, listed in table
25147 \begin_inset space ~
25151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25153 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25161 \begin_inset Float table
25166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25167 \begin_inset Caption
25169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25172 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
25176 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
25184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25186 \begin_inset Tabular
25187 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
25188 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
25189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
25192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25222 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
25230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25249 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
25257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25276 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
25284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25309 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
25317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25336 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
25344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25363 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
25371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25397 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25424 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25467 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25483 \begin_layout Standard
25484 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25485 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25490 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25491 space when you need a space in the box.
25492 Here an example where
25493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25504 denotes the set of numbers:
25505 \begin_inset Formula
25507 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25522 \begin_inset space \space{}
25534 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25538 \begin_inset Newline newline
25541 So it is better not to use this feature.
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25545 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25546 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25550 \begin_inset Newline newline
25553 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25559 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25560 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25573 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25576 \begin_layout Standard
25577 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25579 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25580 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25582 \begin_inset space ~
25590 \begin_layout Subsection
25592 \begin_inset Index idx
25595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25604 \begin_layout Standard
25605 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25607 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25611 \begin_inset space ~
25615 \begin_inset space ~
25623 \begin_inset space ~
25629 \begin_inset Graphics
25630 filename ../images/math/font.png
25632 groupId toolbarbuttons
25643 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25644 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25645 Here is an example:
25646 \begin_inset Formula
25649 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25650 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25659 \begin_layout Subsection
25661 \begin_inset Index idx
25664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25674 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25675 automatically chosen in most situations.
25693 For most characters,
25701 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25702 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25707 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25708 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25710 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25711 \begin_inset Graphics
25712 filename ../images/math/style.png
25714 groupId toolbarbuttons
25719 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25720 For example, you can set
25721 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25724 , which is normally in
25733 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25737 The four styles are used in the following example:
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25741 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25745 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25749 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25753 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25759 \begin_layout Standard
25760 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25761 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25763 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25765 \begin_inset space ~
25770 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25771 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25772 will be adjusted to correspond.
25773 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25788 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25794 \begin_layout Section
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25799 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25800 the document classes and into layout modules.
25801 \begin_inset Index idx
25804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25810 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25811 other than the AMS classes.
25813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25815 reference "sub:Modules"
25819 for more on layout modules.
25822 \begin_layout Section
25824 \begin_inset Index idx
25827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25834 \begin_inset Index idx
25837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25848 (AMS) that are in common use.
25851 \begin_layout Subsection
25852 Enabling AMS-Support
25855 \begin_layout Standard
25856 Selecting the checkbox
25859 \begin_inset space ~
25863 \begin_inset space ~
25867 \begin_inset space ~
25874 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25878 \begin_inset Index idx
25881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25882 Document ! Settings
25890 \begin_inset space ~
25895 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25897 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25898 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25901 \begin_layout Subsection
25903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25905 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25910 \begin_inset Index idx
25913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25914 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25922 \begin_layout Standard
25923 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25924 LyX allows you to choose between
25945 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25948 \begin_layout Chapter
25952 \begin_layout Section
25954 \begin_inset Index idx
25957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25966 name "sec:Cross-References"
25973 \begin_layout Standard
25974 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25975 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25977 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25978 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25979 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25982 \begin_layout Enumerate
25986 \begin_layout Enumerate
25987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25989 name "enu:Second-item"
25996 \begin_layout Enumerate
26000 \begin_layout Standard
26001 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
26003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26006 or by pressing the toolbar button
26013 A grey label box like this:
26014 \begin_inset Graphics
26015 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
26020 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
26021 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
26023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26056 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
26057 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26061 \begin_inset space \space{}
26064 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
26065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26080 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
26082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26085 or the toolbar button
26088 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
26092 A grey cross-reference box like this:
26093 \begin_inset Graphics
26094 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
26099 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
26101 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
26102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26114 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26124 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
26129 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
26130 to the actual cursor position via the menu
26132 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26138 \begin_layout Standard
26139 Here is our cross-reference: Item
26140 \begin_inset space ~
26144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26146 reference "enu:Second-item"
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 It is recommended to use a protected space
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26159 described in section
26160 \begin_inset space ~
26164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26166 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
26175 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
26179 \begin_layout Standard
26180 There are six varieties of cross-references:
26183 \begin_layout Description
26184 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
26185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26187 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26194 \begin_layout Description
26195 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
26196 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
26198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26208 reference "eq:tanhExp"
26215 \begin_layout Description
26216 <page>: prints the page number: Page
26217 \begin_inset space ~
26221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26222 LatexCommand pageref
26223 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26230 \begin_layout Description
26232 \begin_inset space ~
26236 \begin_inset space ~
26239 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
26240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26241 LatexCommand vpageref
26242 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26249 \begin_layout Description
26251 \begin_inset space ~
26255 \begin_inset space ~
26259 \begin_inset space ~
26262 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
26263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26265 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26272 \begin_layout Description
26274 \begin_inset space ~
26277 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
26278 \begin_inset Newline newline
26282 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26290 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
26299 \begin_inset Index idx
26302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26303 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
26309 \begin_inset Index idx
26312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26313 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
26326 \begin_layout Description
26328 \begin_inset space ~
26331 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
26332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26333 LatexCommand nameref
26334 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26346 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
26349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26353 \begin_inset space \space{}
26357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26371 <reference> on page <page>
26373 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26377 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
26378 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
26379 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26383 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26388 You can only use the style
26392 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26396 is always possible.
26399 \begin_layout Standard
26400 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26401 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26403 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26404 \begin_inset space ~
26408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26410 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26418 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26422 \begin_inset space ~
26426 \begin_inset space ~
26431 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26432 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26435 \begin_inset space ~
26440 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26441 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26444 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26451 You can change labels at any time.
26452 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26453 do not need to take care about this.
26456 \begin_layout Standard
26457 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26458 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26461 \begin_layout Standard
26462 References are described in detail in sec.
26463 \begin_inset space ~
26467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26481 \begin_layout Section
26482 Table of Contents and other Listings
26483 \begin_inset Index idx
26486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26493 \begin_inset Index idx
26496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26512 \begin_layout Subsection
26514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26516 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26523 \begin_layout Standard
26524 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26527 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26529 \begin_inset space ~
26533 \begin_inset space ~
26539 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26540 If you click on it, the
26544 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26545 sections in your documents.
26546 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26548 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26551 that is described in sec.
26552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26558 reference "sec:Navigating"
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26566 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26567 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26569 \begin_inset space ~
26573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26575 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26579 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26581 \begin_inset space ~
26585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26587 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26591 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26593 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26596 \begin_layout Subsection
26597 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26600 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26607 \begin_layout Standard
26608 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26609 You can insert them via the
26611 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26613 \begin_inset space ~
26617 \begin_inset space ~
26623 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26626 \begin_layout Section
26627 URLs and Hyperlinks
26628 \begin_inset Index idx
26631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26638 \begin_inset Index idx
26641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26650 \begin_layout Subsection
26652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26661 \begin_layout Standard
26662 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26670 \begin_layout Standard
26671 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26672 \begin_inset Flex URL
26675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 \begin_layout Standard
26686 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26692 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26696 \begin_layout Standard
26697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26705 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26713 \begin_layout Subsection
26715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26717 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26725 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26730 or with the toolbar button
26737 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26746 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26747 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26748 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26750 name "LyX's homepage"
26751 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26755 , an Email address like this:
26756 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26758 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26759 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26764 , or a link to a file.
26767 \begin_layout Standard
26768 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26781 to the link target.
26784 \begin_layout Standard
26785 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26786 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26787 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26788 the text style dialog.
26789 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26793 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26795 name "LyX's homepage"
26796 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26803 \begin_layout Standard
26804 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26808 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26811 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26815 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26817 \begin_inset Newline newline
26825 \begin_inset Newline newline
26832 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26835 \begin_layout Section
26837 \begin_inset Index idx
26840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26847 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26849 name "sec:Appendices"
26856 \begin_layout Standard
26857 Appendices are created with the menu
26859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26861 \begin_inset space ~
26865 \begin_inset space ~
26871 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26872 as the appendix region.
26873 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26876 \begin_layout Standard
26877 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26878 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26879 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26880 and the subsection number.
26881 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26885 \begin_layout Standard
26887 \begin_inset space ~
26891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26893 reference "cha:Credits"
26898 \begin_inset space ~
26902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26904 reference "sub:Export"
26911 \begin_layout Section
26913 \begin_inset Index idx
26916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26923 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26925 name "sec:Bibliography"
26932 \begin_layout Standard
26933 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26934 You can include a bibliography database,
26938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26939 Known under the name
26940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26952 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26953 manually, using the paragraph environment
26957 , which was described in section
26958 \begin_inset space ~
26962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26964 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26969 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26970 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26974 use a bibliography database.
26977 \begin_layout Subsection
26978 The Bibliography Environment
26981 \begin_layout Standard
26986 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26988 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26997 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26999 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
27001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27008 , a short form of its title, as key.
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27012 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
27014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27017 or the toolbar button
27020 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
27024 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
27025 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
27026 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
27027 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
27033 entry with surrounding brackets.
27038 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
27039 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
27041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27054 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
27057 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27059 key "latexcompanion"
27066 \begin_layout Standard
27067 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
27068 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27077 \begin_layout Subsection
27078 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
27079 \begin_inset Index idx
27082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27083 Bibliography ! Databases
27089 \begin_inset Index idx
27092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27093 Bibliography ! BibTeX
27099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27101 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
27108 \begin_layout Standard
27109 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
27114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27115 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
27117 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
27118 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
27123 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
27125 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
27126 your working field in a database.
27127 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
27128 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
27130 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27135 The database is a text file with the file extension
27136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27147 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
27148 The format is explained in
27149 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27155 and in LaTeX books (
27156 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27158 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
27163 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
27164 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
27165 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
27166 \begin_inset Flex URL
27169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27171 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27180 To use a database, use the menu
27182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27187 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27200 \begin_inset space ~
27206 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
27207 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
27210 Add bibliography to TOC
27212 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
27217 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
27218 in the document or just the cited references.
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27222 The style file is a text file with the file extension
27223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27234 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
27235 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
27236 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
27238 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
27243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27244 For information how this is done, have a look at
27245 \begin_inset Newline newline
27249 \begin_inset CommandInset href
27251 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27264 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
27267 \begin_layout Standard
27268 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
27269 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
27272 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27300 \begin_inset space ~
27306 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
27312 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27321 \begin_layout Standard
27322 When you select the option
27324 Sectioned bibliography
27328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27331 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
27332 This and other options are explained in detail in section
27334 Customizing Bibliographies
27342 Additional Features
27347 \begin_layout Standard
27348 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
27349 the two methods of creating them.
27350 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
27351 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
27352 We used the style file
27356 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
27359 \begin_layout Subsection
27360 Bibliography layout
27361 \begin_inset Index idx
27364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27365 Bibliography ! Layout
27373 \begin_layout Standard
27374 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
27375 For this feature you need to enable the option
27381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27385 \begin_inset Index idx
27388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27389 Document ! Settings
27399 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27400 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27401 in the previous section.
27404 \begin_layout Standard
27405 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27406 in the citation reference window.
27407 Here an example where we set the text
27408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27412 \begin_inset space ~
27416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27419 to appear after the reference:
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27424 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27427 key "latexcompanion"
27434 \begin_layout Section
27436 \begin_inset Index idx
27439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27446 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27455 \begin_layout Standard
27456 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27460 \begin_inset space ~
27465 or the toolbar button
27473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27484 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27485 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27486 by LyX as the index entry.
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27490 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27491 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27493 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27495 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27503 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27507 \begin_inset space ~
27511 \begin_inset space ~
27514 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27516 \begin_inset space ~
27522 A light blue box labeled
27523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27534 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27535 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27538 \begin_layout Subsection
27539 Grouping Index Entries
27540 \begin_inset Index idx
27543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27553 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27555 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27556 lists under the entry
27557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27565 First we create the entry
27566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27574 \begin_inset space ~
27578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27580 reference "sub:Lists"
27585 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27586 \begin_inset space ~
27590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27592 reference "sec:Itemize"
27596 , we insert the command
27599 \begin_layout Standard
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27616 for the enumerated list in section
27617 \begin_inset space ~
27621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27623 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27630 \begin_layout Standard
27631 The exclamation mark
27632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27639 marks the grouping levels.
27640 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27641 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27642 If we don't have an index entry for
27643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27650 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27653 \begin_layout Subsection
27655 \begin_inset Index idx
27658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27659 Index ! Page ranges
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27668 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27670 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27671 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27673 \begin_inset space ~
27677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27679 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27689 Paragraph environments|(
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27693 and another entry at the end of section
27694 \begin_inset space ~
27698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27700 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27710 Paragraph environments|)
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27738 respectively start and end the index range.
27739 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27740 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27741 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27742 An example is the index entry
27743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27746 Document ! Settings
27747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27753 \begin_layout Subsection
27755 \begin_inset Index idx
27758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27759 Index ! Cross referencing
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27768 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27769 We referred for example in the index entry
27770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27778 \begin_inset space ~
27782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27784 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27788 ) to the index entry
27789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27796 in the same section using the entry
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27802 GIF|see{Image formats}
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27806 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27807 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27808 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27811 \begin_layout Subsection
27813 \begin_inset Index idx
27816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27817 Index ! Entry order
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27826 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27827 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27828 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27833 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27835 \begin_inset space ~
27839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27841 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27850 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27851 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27876 \begin_inset Index idx
27879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27880 Dummy entries ! maïs
27886 \begin_inset Index idx
27889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27890 Dummy entries ! maître
27896 \begin_inset Index idx
27899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27900 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27905 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27906 order maïs, maison, maître.
27907 To achieve this, we use the command
27910 \begin_layout Standard
27913 previous entry@current entry
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27917 In our case we want to have
27918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27933 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27942 \begin_layout Standard
27943 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27944 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27955 \begin_layout Standard
27956 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27961 to generate the index (see sec.
27962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27968 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27977 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27985 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27989 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27990 index commands start with
27991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28003 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
28008 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28023 \begin_layout Standard
28035 \begin_layout Subsection
28037 \begin_inset Index idx
28040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28041 Index ! Entry layout
28049 \begin_layout Standard
28050 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
28051 \begin_inset Index idx
28054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28057 This is an italic dummy entry
28062 You can also format the page number using the character
28063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28070 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
28071 We can write for example
28074 \begin_layout Standard
28077 italic page number:|textit
28080 \begin_layout Standard
28081 to get the page number in italic.
28082 \begin_inset Index idx
28085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28086 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
28091 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
28093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28109 \begin_inset space ~
28115 Have a look at section
28116 \begin_inset space ~
28120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28122 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28126 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
28129 \begin_layout Standard
28130 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28138 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
28142 to generate the index, see sec.
28143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28149 reference "sub:Index-Program"
28158 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
28159 This is because xindy requires you
28160 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
28163 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
28164 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28167 key "latexcompanion"
28179 \begin_layout Standard
28180 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
28182 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
28183 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
28184 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
28185 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
28186 If so, put the following in the preamble
28189 \begin_layout Standard
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28212 in the index entry.
28213 \begin_inset Index idx
28216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28217 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
28222 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
28223 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
28224 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28228 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
28230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28234 \begin_inset space \space{}
28237 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
28238 for all index entries.
28239 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
28251 documentation for details,
28252 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28254 key "makeindex,xindy"
28261 \begin_layout Subsection
28263 \begin_inset Index idx
28266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28275 name "sub:Index-Program"
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28283 If the index entry program
28287 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
28291 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
28295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28300 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
28301 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
28302 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
28303 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
28304 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
28314 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
28315 dialog, see section
28316 \begin_inset space ~
28320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28322 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28327 The available options are listed and explained in
28328 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28330 key "makeindex,xindy"
28335 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
28339 \begin_layout Standard
28340 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
28341 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
28344 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28345 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28346 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28350 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
28351 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
28354 \begin_layout Subsection
28358 \begin_layout Standard
28359 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
28360 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
28361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28368 next to the standard index.
28369 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
28370 packages that add this feature.
28376 \begin_inset Index idx
28379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28380 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
28385 package to generate multiple indexes.
28386 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28387 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28388 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28395 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28396 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28397 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28400 \begin_layout Standard
28401 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28403 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28404 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28405 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28412 Use multiple Indexes
28413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28417 Note that the list of
28418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28425 below already contains the standard index.
28426 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28427 also appear as a heading) to the
28428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28435 input field and press the
28436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28444 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28445 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28446 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28450 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28456 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28457 indexes in the LyX work area.
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28461 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28466 \begin_inset space ~
28470 \begin_inset space ~
28479 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28480 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28481 are some additional features:
28484 \begin_layout Itemize
28485 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28486 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28489 \begin_layout Itemize
28490 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28491 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28500 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28505 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28506 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28507 to the non-subindexes.
28510 \begin_layout Section
28511 Nomenclature / Glossary
28512 \begin_inset Index idx
28515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28522 \begin_inset Index idx
28525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28556 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28565 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28569 \begin_layout Standard
28570 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28575 \begin_inset Index idx
28578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28579 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28585 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28586 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28592 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28595 \begin_layout Standard
28596 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28597 and then use the menu
28599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28605 \begin_inset space ~
28610 or the toolbar button
28613 arg "nomencl-insert"
28618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28629 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28632 \begin_layout Standard
28633 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28634 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28635 The second is the description of the symbol.
28638 \begin_layout Standard
28639 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28647 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28655 \begin_layout Subsection
28656 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28657 \begin_inset Index idx
28660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28661 Nomenclature ! Layout
28669 \begin_layout Standard
28670 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28674 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28680 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28688 \begin_inset Newline newline
28696 \begin_inset Newline newline
28702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28709 character starts/ends the formula.
28710 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28722 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28732 \begin_layout Standard
28733 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28734 \begin_inset space ~
28738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28740 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28747 \begin_layout Standard
28751 \begin_inset space ~
28756 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28757 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28762 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28769 in this document is:
28770 \begin_inset Newline newline
28775 dummy entry for the character
28780 \begin_inset Newline newline
28792 \begin_inset space ~
28802 font use the command
28831 \begin_layout Subsection
28832 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28833 \begin_inset Index idx
28836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28837 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28845 \begin_layout Standard
28846 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28847 the symbol definition.
28848 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28849 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28852 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28853 LatexCommand nomenclature
28855 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28862 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28866 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28867 LatexCommand nomenclature
28870 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28875 They will be sorted by
28876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28902 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28905 will be sorted before the
28909 since the character
28910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28917 is considered in sorting.
28920 \begin_layout Standard
28921 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28924 \begin_inset space ~
28929 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28930 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28932 For the example given, you can insert
28936 in this field for the
28937 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28944 will be located before
28945 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28951 \begin_layout Standard
28952 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28957 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28966 \begin_layout Subsection
28967 Nomenclature Options
28968 \begin_inset Index idx
28971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28972 Nomenclature ! Options
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28985 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28986 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28989 \begin_layout Description
28990 refeq Appends the phrase
28991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29006 to every nomenclature entry, where
29012 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
29015 \begin_layout Description
29016 refpage Appends the phrase
29017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29032 to every nomenclature entry, where
29038 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
29041 \begin_layout Description
29042 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29046 There are furthermore the options
29090 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
29094 \begin_layout Standard
29095 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
29096 class options list in the
29098 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29102 In this document the option
29109 \begin_layout Standard
29110 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29117 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
29118 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
29123 field in the nomenclature dialog:
29126 \begin_layout Description
29136 \begin_layout Description
29139 nomrefpage Like the
29146 \begin_layout Description
29149 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
29158 \begin_layout Description
29162 \begin_inset space ~
29168 \begin_inset space ~
29173 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
29176 \begin_layout Subsection
29177 Printing the Nomenclature
29178 \begin_inset Index idx
29181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29182 Nomenclature ! Printing
29190 \begin_layout Standard
29191 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
29193 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29195 \begin_inset space ~
29199 \begin_inset space ~
29202 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29206 A light blue box labeled
29207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29218 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
29219 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29223 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
29224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29232 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
29240 For example, in order to change the name to
29244 , add the following line to the preamble:
29247 \begin_layout Standard
29255 nomname}{List of Symbols}
29258 \begin_layout Standard
29259 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29265 \begin_layout Standard
29266 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
29267 by adding the following line to the preamble:
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29278 nomlabelwidth}{width}
29281 \begin_layout Standard
29284 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
29285 \begin_inset space ~
29289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29291 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
29296 The default value is 1
29297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29303 \begin_layout Subsection
29304 Nomenclature Program
29305 \begin_inset Index idx
29308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 Nomenclature ! Program
29315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29317 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
29324 \begin_layout Standard
29325 LyX uses the program
29329 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
29330 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
29335 by adding options, see section
29336 \begin_inset space ~
29340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29342 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
29347 The available options are listed and explained in
29348 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29350 key "nomencl,makeindex"
29357 \begin_layout Section
29359 \begin_inset Index idx
29362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29369 \begin_inset Index idx
29372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29373 Document ! Branches
29379 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29381 name "sec:Branches"
29388 \begin_layout Standard
29389 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29390 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29391 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29392 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29395 \begin_layout Standard
29396 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29397 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29398 To create a branch, either select the menu
29400 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29401 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29404 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29413 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29414 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29415 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29416 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29417 (see below for an example).
29418 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29419 to the name of the other) and to add
29420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29432 \begin_inset space ~
29435 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29436 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29439 \begin_layout Standard
29440 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29441 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29443 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29446 where you can choose a branch.
29447 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29452 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29453 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29456 \begin_layout Standard
29457 \begin_inset Branch Question
29460 \begin_layout Standard
29461 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29469 \begin_layout Standard
29470 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29473 \begin_layout Standard
29474 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29482 \begin_layout Standard
29489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29490 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29493 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29494 Consider for example a file
29495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29502 which has the above branches.
29504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29511 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29535 branch were inactive,
29536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29551 branch was active, likewise
29552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29567 branch was active, and
29568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29571 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29575 if both branches were active.
29576 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29580 \begin_layout Standard
29581 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29587 \begin_layout Standard
29588 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29589 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29591 For example you can define for the question branch
29595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29596 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29597 \begin_inset space ~
29601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29603 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29615 \begin_layout Standard
29625 \begin_layout Standard
29635 \begin_layout Standard
29636 and for the answer branch
29639 \begin_layout Standard
29649 \begin_layout Standard
29659 \begin_layout Standard
29660 \begin_inset Branch Question
29663 \begin_layout Standard
29667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29695 \begin_layout Standard
29696 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29699 \begin_layout Standard
29703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29731 \begin_layout Standard
29732 Now it is possible to use the commands
29736 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29743 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29746 to obtain conditional output.
29747 Here is an example formula where only the
29754 \begin_inset Formula
29756 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29764 \begin_layout Standard
29765 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29773 \begin_layout Section
29775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29777 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29782 \begin_inset Index idx
29785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29794 \begin_layout Standard
29799 dialog allows you in the
29803 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29804 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29809 \begin_inset Index idx
29812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29821 \begin_layout Standard
29826 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29827 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29828 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29830 You can specify in the dialog tab
29834 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29836 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29837 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29841 \begin_layout Standard
29846 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29847 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29848 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29850 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29851 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29853 \begin_inset space ~
29856 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29857 \begin_inset space ~
29860 1 will only display the sections.
29863 \begin_layout Standard
29864 The header information in the dialog tab
29868 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29869 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29874 \begin_inset space \space{}
29877 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29878 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29881 Automatic fill header
29883 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29884 title and author settings.
29887 \begin_layout Standard
29890 Load in fullscreen mode
29892 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29895 \begin_layout Standard
29896 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29897 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29903 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29904 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29913 \begin_layout Section
29914 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29917 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29924 \begin_layout Subsection
29926 \begin_inset Index idx
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29938 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29945 \begin_layout Standard
29946 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29947 constructs, but not all.
29948 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29949 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29950 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29951 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29952 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29956 \begin_layout Standard
29957 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29959 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29961 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29963 \begin_inset space ~
29968 or by the toolbar button
29975 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29979 \begin_layout Standard
29980 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29981 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29982 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29983 using the LaTeX-command
29989 , you can write the command part
29995 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29999 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
30000 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
30001 the following example:
30004 \begin_layout Standard
30005 \begin_inset Graphics
30006 filename clipart/ERT.png
30014 \begin_layout Standard
30018 \begin_layout Standard
30019 This is a line with a
30023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 \begin_layout Standard
30047 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30055 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
30056 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
30064 \begin_layout Subsection
30065 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
30066 \begin_inset Argument
30069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30076 \begin_inset Index idx
30079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30088 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
30095 \begin_layout Standard
30096 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
30097 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
30098 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
30099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30107 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
30108 any time if you know the right commands.
30110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30114 \begin_inset space \space{}
30117 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
30119 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
30120 all caption labels bold.
30121 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
30123 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
30127 \begin_layout Standard
30128 Now LaTeX comes into play.
30129 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
30130 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
30132 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30141 \begin_layout Standard
30142 As result you know that the package
30147 \begin_inset Index idx
30150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 LaTeX-packages ! caption
30157 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
30159 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30165 \begin_layout Standard
30170 usepackage[options]{package name}
30173 \begin_layout Standard
30174 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
30175 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
30176 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
30179 \begin_layout Standard
30180 In your case the package name is
30185 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
30190 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
30191 So you add the command
30194 \begin_layout Standard
30199 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
30202 \begin_layout Standard
30203 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
30207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30208 For more commands provided by the
30212 package, have a look at its documentation,
30213 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30227 \begin_layout Standard
30228 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
30230 For example if you use a
30234 class, you don't need the package
30238 , you can instead write
30241 \begin_layout Standard
30246 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
30251 \begin_layout Standard
30252 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
30253 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
30254 documentation of the document class you want to use.
30261 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
30264 \begin_layout Standard
30265 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
30266 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
30268 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
30269 the previous section.
30272 \begin_layout Standard
30273 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
30275 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30277 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
30284 \begin_layout Standard
30285 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
30291 \begin_layout Standard
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 \begin_inset Note Note
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30309 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
30317 \begin_layout Left Header
30318 \begin_inset Argument
30321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30341 \begin_inset Note Note
30344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30345 defines the header line as described below
30353 \begin_layout Center Header
30354 \begin_inset Argument
30357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30366 \begin_layout Right Header
30367 \begin_inset Argument
30370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30391 \begin_layout Left Footer
30392 \begin_inset Argument
30395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30416 \begin_layout Center Footer
30417 \begin_inset Argument
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 \begin_inset Newline newline
30435 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30441 \begin_layout Right Footer
30442 \begin_inset Argument
30445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 \begin_layout Section
30468 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30469 \begin_inset Index idx
30472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30473 Document ! Header/Footer line
30479 \begin_inset Index idx
30482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30491 \begin_layout Standard
30492 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30493 to set the headings style to
30499 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30505 \begin_inset space ~
30511 As second step add in the menu
30513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30514 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30521 Custom Header/Footerlines
30522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30526 This module offers the 6
30527 \begin_inset space ~
30533 \begin_layout Description
30535 \begin_inset space ~
30539 \begin_inset space ~
30543 \begin_inset space ~
30547 \begin_inset space ~
30551 \begin_inset space ~
30557 \begin_layout Description
30559 \begin_inset space ~
30563 \begin_inset space ~
30567 \begin_inset space ~
30571 \begin_inset space ~
30575 \begin_inset space ~
30581 \begin_layout Standard
30582 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30585 \begin_layout Standard
30586 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30587 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30589 \begin_inset space ~
30593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30595 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30599 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30602 \begin_layout Standard
30603 \begin_inset Float figure
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30612 \begin_inset Tabular
30613 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30614 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30615 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30617 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30677 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 The normal text on the page goes here.
30682 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30684 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30685 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30690 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30699 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30728 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30757 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 \begin_inset Caption
30777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30780 name "fig:Page-layout"
30784 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30797 \begin_layout Subsection
30801 \begin_layout Standard
30802 To define your header line, add all 3
30803 \begin_inset space ~
30807 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30808 the optional arguments on even pages.
30809 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30811 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30812 Defining the footer line works similar.
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30816 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30819 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30832 \begin_inset space ~
30840 \begin_layout Description
30843 thepage prints the current page number
30846 \begin_layout Description
30849 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30852 \begin_layout Description
30855 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30858 \begin_layout Description
30861 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30862 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30869 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30872 because it usually goes in a left header.
30875 \begin_layout Description
30878 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30879 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30881 It is normally used in the right header.
30884 \begin_layout Subsection
30885 Default header/footer
30888 \begin_layout Standard
30889 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30890 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30891 footer has the page number.
30892 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30893 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30894 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30897 \begin_inset space ~
30905 \begin_layout Subsection
30909 \begin_layout Standard
30910 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30911 Some pages are different.
30912 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30913 a new part or chapter in your book.
30914 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30915 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30916 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30920 Header and footer decoration line
30923 \begin_layout Standard
30924 By default, you get a 0.4
30925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30928 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30929 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30941 in the following scheme:
30944 \begin_layout Standard
30951 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30954 \begin_layout Standard
30955 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30964 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30971 \begin_layout Standard
30972 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30973 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30974 \begin_inset space ~
30978 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30988 Several header/footer lines
30991 \begin_layout Standard
30992 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30993 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30994 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30996 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
31008 in this scheme in your document preamble:
31011 \begin_layout Standard
31018 headheight}{height}
31021 \begin_layout Standard
31022 Where height is a size in standard units.
31023 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
31024 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
31025 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
31027 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31041 and look via the button
31044 \begin_inset space ~
31049 if you find a warning of the package
31054 \begin_inset Index idx
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31058 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
31064 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
31065 for your header/footer.
31068 \begin_layout Subsection
31072 \begin_layout Standard
31073 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
31074 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
31075 This example consists of the following definition:
31078 \begin_layout Description
31080 \begin_inset space ~
31089 , empty optional argument
31092 \begin_layout Description
31094 \begin_inset space ~
31097 Header empty, empty optional argument
31100 \begin_layout Description
31102 \begin_inset space ~
31111 in the optional argument
31114 \begin_layout Description
31116 \begin_inset space ~
31125 in the optional argument
31128 \begin_layout Description
31130 \begin_inset space ~
31142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31146 \begin_inset Newline newline
31150 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
31154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31157 in the optional argument
31160 \begin_layout Description
31162 \begin_inset space ~
31171 , empty optional argument
31174 \begin_layout Description
31177 headrulewidth set to 2
31178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31184 \begin_layout Standard
31185 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
31187 For more special things like e.
31188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31192 \begin_inset space ~
31195 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
31200 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31209 \begin_layout Standard
31210 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
31216 \begin_layout Standard
31220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31224 pagestyle{headings}
31230 \begin_inset Note Note
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31234 switches back to page style with the default headings
31242 \begin_layout Section
31243 Previewing Snippets of your Document
31244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31246 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31251 \begin_inset Index idx
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31261 \begin_inset Index idx
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 \begin_layout Standard
31274 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
31275 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
31276 to break your train of thought with
31278 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31284 \begin_layout Standard
31285 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
31286 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
31291 \begin_inset Index idx
31294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
31300 as explained below, and turn on
31303 \begin_inset space ~
31310 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31314 \begin_inset space ~
31318 \begin_inset space ~
31321 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31326 \begin_inset space ~
31331 is the multiplication factor for the size.
31334 \begin_layout Standard
31335 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
31337 Previews of an already loaded document are
31341 generated just by selecting the
31344 \begin_inset space ~
31349 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
31352 \begin_layout Standard
31353 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
31354 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
31357 \begin_inset space ~
31362 check box in the insert dialog.
31363 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
31367 \begin_layout Standard
31368 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
31372 (on some systems named simply
31377 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31379 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31385 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31386 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
31394 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
31398 \begin_layout Standard
31399 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31405 \begin_layout Standard
31406 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
31410 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31412 \begin_inset space ~
31417 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31418 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31420 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31421 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31422 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31423 the source view window.
31426 \begin_layout Section
31427 Advanced Find and Replace
31428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31430 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31435 \begin_inset Index idx
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 \begin_inset Index idx
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 \begin_layout Subsection
31461 \begin_layout Standard
31462 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31463 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31464 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31465 The key-features are:
31468 \begin_layout Itemize
31469 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31470 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31471 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31475 \begin_layout Itemize
31476 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31477 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31478 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31479 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31482 \begin_layout Itemize
31483 Search may be widened to a specific
31488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31492 \begin_inset space ~
31495 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31496 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31503 \begin_layout Itemize
31504 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31505 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31510 \begin_inset space ~
31513 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31516 \begin_layout Subsection
31520 \begin_layout Standard
31521 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31524 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31537 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31540 ) or the toolbar button
31543 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31549 Advanced Find and Replace
31554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31558 \begin_layout Standard
31563 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31568 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31573 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31574 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31575 Pressing repeatedly
31579 keeps searching forward.
31580 Similarly, pressing
31584 searches for the entered text backwards.
31587 \begin_layout Standard
31588 While searching, the
31592 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31602 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31606 Searching for mathematics
31609 \begin_layout Standard
31610 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31614 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31615 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31618 or also something more complex like
31619 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31623 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31624 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31625 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31626 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31636 \begin_layout Standard
31637 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31638 This is done by switching to the
31642 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31647 This way, entering in the
31654 \begin_layout Itemize
31655 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31656 in emphasized or boldface.
31659 \begin_layout Itemize
31660 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31661 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31662 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31663 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31666 \begin_layout Itemize
31667 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31668 of if only within section headings.
31669 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31670 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31674 \begin_layout Itemize
31675 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31676 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31683 \begin_layout Standard
31684 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31688 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31696 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31700 button or alternatively
31722 \begin_layout Standard
31723 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31724 text segments in your document.
31725 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31729 \begin_layout Itemize
31730 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31731 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31739 with its typewriter version
31742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31752 \begin_layout Itemize
31753 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31759 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31771 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31778 (you may want to enable the
31786 options and disable the
31794 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31802 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31803 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31807 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31810 , or occurrences of
31811 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31815 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31821 \begin_layout Subsection
31825 \begin_layout Standard
31826 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31831 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31833 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31835 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31844 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31850 This is done via the menu
31852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31853 Insert Regular Expression
31855 while the cursor is in the
31860 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31861 expression matching rules
31865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31866 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31872 \begin_inset space ~
31875 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31876 to match expressions.
31881 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31882 same text in the document.
31883 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31884 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31887 \begin_layout Enumerate
31888 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31893 editor the fraction
31894 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31898 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31901 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31902 fractions with the given denominator.
31905 \begin_layout Enumerate
31906 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31918 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31923 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31924 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31926 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31929 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31930 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31933 \begin_layout Standard
31934 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31935 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31936 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31939 , and referring back to them through
31940 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31944 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31948 For example, try searching for the regexp
31949 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31952 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31955 \begin_layout Standard
31956 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31957 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31958 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31963 \begin_inset space ~
31967 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31970 always refers to the first occurrence of
31971 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31974 in all entered regexps.
31977 \begin_layout Standard
31978 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31982 \begin_layout Section
31984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31986 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31991 \begin_inset Index idx
31994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32003 \begin_layout Standard
32004 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
32007 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32014 or the toolbar button
32017 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
32020 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
32021 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
32022 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
32023 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
32024 scrolled so that it is visible.
32025 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
32026 n, if any could be found.
32027 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
32031 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
32032 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
32035 \begin_layout Standard
32036 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
32039 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32043 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
32044 a different one at the top of the dialog.
32045 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
32046 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
32047 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
32048 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
32051 \begin_layout Subsection
32055 \begin_layout Standard
32056 In LyX's preferences dialog under
32059 \begin_inset space ~
32062 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32065 you can set the following things:
32068 \begin_layout Description
32070 \begin_inset space ~
32073 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
32074 Depending on your platform,
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
32090 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
32105 \begin_layout Description
32107 \begin_inset space ~
32110 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
32111 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
32114 \begin_layout Description
32116 \begin_inset space ~
32119 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
32121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32125 \begin_inset space \space{}
32129 This should normally not be needed.
32132 \begin_layout Description
32134 \begin_inset space ~
32138 \begin_inset space ~
32141 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
32143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32153 \begin_layout Description
32155 \begin_inset space ~
32158 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
32159 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
32160 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
32161 in the context menu.
32162 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
32166 \begin_layout Description
32168 \begin_inset space ~
32172 \begin_inset space ~
32176 \begin_inset space ~
32179 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32183 \begin_layout Section
32185 \begin_inset Index idx
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32197 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32204 \begin_layout Standard
32205 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32206 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32216 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32218 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32227 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32228 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32229 are available for many languages.
32232 \begin_layout Standard
32233 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32237 \begin_layout Subsection
32238 Setting up the thesaurus
32241 \begin_layout Standard
32246 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32251 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32256 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32262 en_EN for English).
32263 For instance, the English files are named:
32266 \begin_layout Itemize
32270 \begin_layout Itemize
32274 \begin_layout Standard
32275 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32276 already on your system.
32277 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32278 \begin_inset Flex URL
32281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32289 \begin_inset Flex URL
32292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
32305 \begin_inset Flex URL
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32315 are usually packed in extension archives (
32319 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32321 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32322 unpack a zip archive.
32335 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32336 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32338 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32339 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32343 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32346 \begin_layout Subsection
32347 Using the thesaurus
32350 \begin_layout Standard
32351 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32353 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32356 or the toolbar button
32359 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32362 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32364 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32366 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32367 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32368 and hyponyms (such as
32376 ), compounds (such as
32380 ) and antonyms (such as
32388 ), which are marked as such.
32391 \begin_layout Standard
32392 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32393 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32397 \begin_layout Standard
32398 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32399 the dictionary, such as the above
32403 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32408 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32409 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32410 For example looking up the word forms
32418 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32423 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32436 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32437 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32438 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32441 \begin_layout Section
32443 \begin_inset Index idx
32446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 \begin_inset Index idx
32456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32457 Document ! Change Tracking
32463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32465 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32472 \begin_layout Standard
32473 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32474 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32475 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32476 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32478 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32480 \begin_inset space ~
32483 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32485 \begin_inset space ~
32493 \begin_layout Standard
32494 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32508 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32509 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32512 \begin_inset space ~
32516 \begin_inset space ~
32526 \begin_inset Index idx
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32530 Color ! Change tracking
32535 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32536 the cursor is in changed text.
32537 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32540 arg "changes-merge"
32546 \begin_layout Standard
32547 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32548 \begin_inset Index idx
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32560 \begin_layout Standard
32561 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32567 \begin_layout Standard
32568 \begin_inset Graphics
32569 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32577 \begin_layout Standard
32578 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32584 \begin_layout Standard
32585 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32589 \begin_layout Standard
32590 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32596 \begin_layout Standard
32597 \begin_inset Tabular
32598 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32599 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32600 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32601 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 arg "changes-track"
32619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32625 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32627 \begin_inset space ~
32630 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32632 \begin_inset space ~
32641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32650 arg "changes-output"
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32666 \begin_inset space ~
32669 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32671 \begin_inset space ~
32675 \begin_inset space ~
32679 \begin_inset space ~
32688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 Jumps to the next change
32715 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32724 arg "change-accept"
32732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32738 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32740 \begin_inset space ~
32743 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32745 \begin_inset space ~
32754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 arg "change-reject"
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32779 \begin_inset space ~
32782 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32784 \begin_inset space ~
32793 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 arg "changes-merge"
32810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32818 \begin_inset space ~
32821 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32823 \begin_inset space ~
32832 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32841 arg "all-changes-accept"
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32855 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32857 \begin_inset space ~
32860 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32862 \begin_inset space ~
32866 \begin_inset space ~
32875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 arg "all-changes-reject"
32892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32898 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32900 \begin_inset space ~
32903 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32905 \begin_inset space ~
32909 \begin_inset space ~
32918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32942 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32944 \begin_inset space ~
32953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32978 \begin_inset space ~
32994 \begin_layout Standard
32995 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33001 \begin_layout Standard
33002 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
33003 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
33004 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
33005 the next change after the current cursor position.
33006 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
33007 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
33008 step to the next change.
33009 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
33012 \begin_layout Standard
33013 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
33014 to describe a change.
33017 \begin_layout Standard
33018 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
33023 \begin_inset Index idx
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
33033 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
33034 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33040 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
33043 \begin_layout Section
33044 International Support
33045 \begin_inset Index idx
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33049 International support
33057 \begin_layout Standard
33058 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
33059 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33060 how to set up LyX to use them:
33061 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33063 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33070 \begin_layout Standard
33071 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33072 \begin_inset space ~
33076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33078 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33085 \begin_layout Subsection
33087 \begin_inset Index idx
33090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33097 \begin_inset Index idx
33100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 Document ! Settings
33107 \begin_inset Index idx
33110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 Document ! Language
33119 \begin_layout Standard
33122 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33125 dialog lets you set
33127 the language and character encoding for your language.
33131 \begin_layout Standard
33132 Choose your language in the
33136 section of this dialog.
33144 \begin_layout Standard
33149 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33154 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33155 For details about the different encoding options see section
33156 \begin_inset space ~
33160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33162 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
33169 \begin_layout Subsection
33170 Keyboard mapping configuration
33171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33173 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33180 \begin_layout Standard
33181 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
33182 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
33183 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
33184 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
33185 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33187 \begin_inset space ~
33191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33193 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33198 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33199 which one you want to use.
33202 \begin_layout Standard
33203 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33204 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33205 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33206 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33207 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33208 one to support the characters you want.
33209 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33216 \begin_layout Subsection
33220 \begin_layout Standard
33222 \begin_inset space ~
33226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33228 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33237 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33241 \begin_layout Standard
33242 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33243 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
33251 \begin_layout Itemize
33252 Even if you have selected
33258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33261 dialog, users who have only the
33265 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33269 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33270 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33271 french quotes won't show up.
33274 \begin_layout Standard
33275 \begin_inset Float table
33280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 \begin_inset Caption
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33286 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33304 \begin_inset Tabular
33305 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33306 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33308 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33310 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33311 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37737 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37739 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37740 also the characters from
37752 \begin_layout Itemize
37761 \begin_layout Standard
37762 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37763 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37769 \begin_layout Standard
37770 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37771 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37777 \begin_layout Standard
37778 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37779 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37785 \begin_layout Standard
37786 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37787 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37793 \begin_layout Standard
37795 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37801 \begin_layout Standard
37803 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37809 \begin_layout Standard
37811 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37818 \begin_layout Itemize
37831 \begin_layout Standard
37833 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37839 \begin_layout Standard
37841 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37847 \begin_layout Standard
37849 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37855 \begin_layout Standard
37857 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37863 \begin_layout Standard
37865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37871 \begin_layout Standard
37873 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37880 \begin_layout Standard
37881 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37882 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37883 Also make sure you're using the
37890 \begin_layout Chapter
37893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37895 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37902 \begin_layout Standard
37903 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37904 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37905 topic inside the user's guide.
37908 \begin_layout Section
37910 \begin_inset Index idx
37913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37922 \begin_layout Standard
37927 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37928 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
37931 \begin_layout Subsection
37935 \begin_layout Standard
37936 Creates a new document.
37939 \begin_layout Subsection
37943 \begin_layout Standard
37944 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37945 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37946 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37949 \begin_layout Subsection
37953 \begin_layout Standard
37957 \begin_layout Subsection
37961 \begin_layout Standard
37962 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37963 Click there on a file to open it.
37966 \begin_layout Subsection
37970 \begin_layout Standard
37971 Closes the current document.
37974 \begin_layout Subsection
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37979 Closes all opened documents.
37982 \begin_layout Subsection
37986 \begin_layout Standard
37987 Saves the actual document.
37990 \begin_layout Subsection
37994 \begin_layout Standard
37995 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37998 \begin_layout Subsection
38002 \begin_layout Standard
38003 Saves all opened documents.
38006 \begin_layout Subsection
38010 \begin_layout Standard
38011 Reloads the actual document from disk.
38014 \begin_layout Subsection
38018 \begin_layout Standard
38019 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
38020 It is described in the section
38022 Version Control in LyX
38026 Additional Features
38031 \begin_layout Subsection
38035 \begin_layout Standard
38036 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
38037 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
38038 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
38039 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
38042 \begin_layout Standard
38043 When using the menu entry
38046 \begin_inset space ~
38051 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38055 \begin_inset space ~
38059 \begin_inset space ~
38064 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38065 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38068 \begin_layout Subsection
38070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38079 \begin_layout Standard
38080 You can export your document to various file formats.
38081 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38082 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38083 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
38086 \begin_layout Standard
38087 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38089 \begin_inset space ~
38093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38095 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38102 \begin_layout Description
38106 \begin_inset space ~
38111 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
38113 \begin_inset Newline newline
38116 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
38119 \begin_layout Description
38127 \begin_layout Description
38128 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38132 \begin_layout Description
38134 \begin_inset space ~
38138 \begin_inset space ~
38141 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38145 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38153 \begin_layout Description
38160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38168 \begin_inset space ~
38173 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38174 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38178 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38181 \begin_layout Description
38188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38196 \begin_inset space ~
38201 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38202 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38210 \begin_layout Description
38212 \begin_inset space ~
38215 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
38216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38223 is replaced by the version number)
38226 \begin_layout Description
38227 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38230 \begin_layout Description
38231 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
38244 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38248 \begin_layout Description
38252 \begin_inset space ~
38257 PDF-format using the program
38262 \begin_layout Description
38266 \begin_inset space ~
38271 PDF-format using the program
38276 \begin_layout Description
38280 \begin_inset space ~
38285 PDF-format using the program
38290 \begin_layout Description
38294 \begin_inset space ~
38302 \begin_layout Description
38306 \begin_inset space ~
38310 \begin_inset space ~
38315 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38316 and then exported as text using the program
38321 \begin_layout Description
38326 PostScript format using the program
38331 \begin_layout Description
38339 \begin_layout Standard
38344 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
38345 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
38351 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
38354 \begin_layout Standard
38355 If one of the menu entries
38362 \begin_inset space ~
38371 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38372 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38373 \begin_inset space ~
38377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38379 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38384 \begin_inset Index idx
38387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38388 Reconfiguration of LyX
38396 \begin_layout Standard
38401 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
38402 the export program.
38405 \begin_layout Subsection
38409 \begin_layout Standard
38410 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38411 format or send it to a printer.
38412 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38413 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38419 For more information have a look at section
38420 \begin_inset space ~
38424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38426 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38433 \begin_layout Subsection
38437 \begin_layout Standard
38438 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38439 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38440 prefix, see section
38441 \begin_inset space ~
38445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38447 reference "sec:Paths"
38452 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38461 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38462 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38463 \begin_inset space ~
38467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38469 reference "sub:Converters"
38476 \begin_layout Subsection
38477 New and Close Window
38480 \begin_layout Standard
38481 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38484 \begin_layout Subsection
38488 \begin_layout Standard
38489 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38492 \begin_layout Section
38494 \begin_inset Index idx
38497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38506 \begin_layout Subsection
38510 \begin_layout Standard
38511 Described in section
38512 \begin_inset space ~
38516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38518 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38525 \begin_layout Subsection
38526 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38529 \begin_layout Standard
38530 Described in section
38531 \begin_inset space ~
38535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38537 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38544 \begin_layout Subsection
38548 \begin_layout Standard
38549 Selects the whole document.
38552 \begin_layout Subsection
38556 \begin_layout Standard
38557 Described in section
38558 \begin_inset space ~
38562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38564 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38571 \begin_layout Subsection
38572 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38575 \begin_layout Standard
38576 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38580 \begin_layout Subsection
38584 \begin_layout Standard
38585 Described in section
38586 \begin_inset space ~
38590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38592 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38599 \begin_layout Subsection
38601 \begin_inset Index idx
38604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38605 Paragraph ! Settings
38613 \begin_layout Standard
38614 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38615 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38618 \begin_layout Standard
38619 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38620 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38622 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38628 \begin_inset space ~
38636 \begin_layout Subsection
38637 Table Settings and Math
38640 \begin_layout Standard
38641 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38643 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38644 The properties of tables are described in section
38645 \begin_inset space ~
38649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38651 reference "sec:Tables"
38655 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38656 \begin_inset space ~
38660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38662 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38669 \begin_layout Subsection
38670 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38673 \begin_layout Standard
38674 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38675 that can be nested.
38676 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38677 \begin_inset space ~
38681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38683 reference "sec:Nesting"
38688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38690 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38697 \begin_layout Section
38699 \begin_inset Index idx
38702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38711 \begin_layout Standard
38716 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38717 document with an external program.
38718 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38719 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38720 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38721 \begin_inset space ~
38725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38727 reference "sub:Export"
38732 You should at least see the menu entries
38739 \begin_inset space ~
38745 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38746 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38747 \begin_inset space ~
38751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38753 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38758 \begin_inset Index idx
38761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38762 Reconfiguration of LyX
38770 \begin_layout Standard
38771 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38772 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38773 \begin_inset space ~
38777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38779 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38784 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38787 \begin_layout Standard
38788 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38791 At the bottom of the
38795 menu the opened documents are listed.
38798 \begin_layout Subsection
38799 Open/Close all Insets
38802 \begin_layout Standard
38803 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38806 \begin_layout Subsection
38807 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38810 \begin_layout Standard
38811 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38814 \begin_layout Standard
38815 Math macros are described in the
38822 \begin_layout Subsection
38826 \begin_layout Standard
38827 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38829 \begin_inset space ~
38833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38835 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38842 \begin_layout Subsection
38846 \begin_layout Standard
38847 Opens a window showing console messages.
38848 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38849 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38852 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38853 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38856 \begin_layout Subsection
38860 \begin_layout Standard
38861 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38862 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38863 \begin_inset space ~
38867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38869 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38873 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38874 \begin_inset space ~
38878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38880 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38884 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38887 \begin_layout Subsection
38888 View (Other Formats)
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38892 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38895 \begin_layout Subsection
38899 \begin_layout Standard
38900 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38901 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38902 opening a new viewer window.
38905 \begin_layout Subsection
38906 Update (Other Formats)
38909 \begin_layout Standard
38910 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38911 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38914 \begin_layout Subsection
38915 View Master Document
38918 \begin_layout Standard
38919 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38936 manual for more information on this topic).
38937 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38938 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38943 generates the output of the whole book, while
38947 will just output the chapter alone.
38950 \begin_layout Standard
38951 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38952 in the preferences (see sec.
38953 \begin_inset space ~
38957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38959 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38963 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38964 \begin_inset space ~
38968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38970 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38977 \begin_layout Subsection
38978 Update Master Document
38981 \begin_layout Standard
38982 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38999 manual for more information on this topic).
39000 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39001 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39004 \begin_layout Standard
39005 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39006 in the preferences (see sec.
39007 \begin_inset space ~
39011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39013 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39017 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39018 \begin_inset space ~
39022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39024 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39031 \begin_layout Subsection
39035 \begin_layout Standard
39036 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39037 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39038 view the same document, but at different positions.
39039 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39040 or more documents at the same time.
39041 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39048 \begin_layout Subsection
39052 \begin_layout Standard
39053 Closes a split view.
39056 \begin_layout Subsection
39060 \begin_layout Standard
39061 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39062 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39063 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39064 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39065 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39068 \begin_layout Subsection
39070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39072 name "sub:Toolbars"
39077 \begin_inset Index idx
39080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39089 \begin_layout Standard
39090 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39091 All toolbars and the
39094 \begin_inset space ~
39099 can be turned on and off.
39104 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39116 \begin_inset space ~
39125 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39129 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39136 \begin_layout Standard
39141 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39145 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39146 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39147 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39148 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39149 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39152 \begin_layout Standard
39153 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39154 \begin_inset space ~
39158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39160 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39167 \begin_layout Section
39169 \begin_inset Index idx
39172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39181 \begin_layout Subsection
39185 \begin_layout Standard
39186 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39187 \begin_inset space ~
39191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39193 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39204 \begin_layout Subsection
39206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39208 name "sub:Special-Character"
39215 \begin_layout Standard
39216 Here you can insert the following characters:
39219 \begin_layout Description
39220 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39221 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39222 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39223 \begin_inset Newline newline
39227 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39235 Not all characters will be visible in the
39239 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39247 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39251 ) can display every character.
39259 \begin_layout Description
39260 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39264 \begin_layout Description
39266 \begin_inset space ~
39270 \begin_inset space ~
39273 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39274 \begin_inset space ~
39278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39280 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39287 \begin_layout Description
39289 \begin_inset space ~
39292 Quote Inserts this quote:
39293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39296 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
39298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39308 \begin_layout Description
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39313 Quote Inserts this quote:
39314 \begin_inset Quotes els
39320 \begin_layout Description
39322 \begin_inset space ~
39325 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39329 \begin_layout Description
39331 \begin_inset space ~
39334 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39338 \begin_layout Description
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39343 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39347 \begin_layout Description
39349 \begin_inset space ~
39353 \begin_inset Index idx
39356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39363 \begin_inset Index idx
39366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39367 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39372 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39373 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39374 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39379 \begin_inset Index idx
39382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39383 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39389 \begin_inset Newline newline
39392 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39396 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39404 and this Wiki-page:
39405 \begin_inset Newline newline
39409 \begin_inset Flex URL
39412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39414 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39422 \begin_layout Subsection
39426 \begin_layout Standard
39427 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39430 \begin_layout Description
39431 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39432 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
39438 \begin_layout Description
39439 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39440 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
39446 \begin_layout Description
39448 \begin_inset space ~
39451 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39452 \begin_inset space ~
39456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39458 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39465 \begin_layout Description
39467 \begin_inset space ~
39470 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39471 \begin_inset space ~
39475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39477 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39484 \begin_layout Description
39486 \begin_inset space ~
39489 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39490 \begin_inset space ~
39494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39496 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39503 \begin_layout Description
39505 \begin_inset space ~
39508 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39509 \begin_inset space ~
39513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39515 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39522 \begin_layout Description
39524 \begin_inset space ~
39527 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39528 \begin_inset space ~
39532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39534 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39541 \begin_layout Description
39543 \begin_inset space ~
39546 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39547 \begin_inset space ~
39551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39553 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39560 \begin_layout Description
39562 \begin_inset space ~
39565 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39566 \begin_inset space ~
39570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39572 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39579 \begin_layout Description
39581 \begin_inset space ~
39584 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39591 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39598 \begin_layout Description
39600 \begin_inset space ~
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39607 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39608 \begin_inset space ~
39612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39614 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39621 \begin_layout Description
39623 \begin_inset space ~
39626 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39627 text line to the page border, see section
39628 \begin_inset space ~
39632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39634 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39641 \begin_layout Description
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39646 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39651 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39653 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39660 \begin_layout Description
39662 \begin_inset space ~
39665 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39666 text page to the page border, described in section
39667 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39673 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39680 \begin_layout Description
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39685 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39692 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39699 \begin_layout Description
39701 \begin_inset space ~
39705 \begin_inset space ~
39708 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39715 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39722 \begin_layout Subsection
39726 \begin_layout Standard
39727 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39728 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
39730 \begin_inset space ~
39734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39736 reference "sec:toc"
39741 The index list is described in section
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39748 reference "sec:Index"
39752 , the nomenclature in section
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39759 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39763 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39764 \begin_inset space ~
39768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39770 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39777 \begin_layout Subsection
39781 \begin_layout Standard
39782 To insert floats, described in section
39783 \begin_inset space ~
39787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39789 reference "sec:Floats"
39796 \begin_layout Subsection
39800 \begin_layout Standard
39801 To insert notes, described in section
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39808 reference "sec:Notes"
39815 \begin_layout Subsection
39819 \begin_layout Standard
39820 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39821 \begin_inset space ~
39825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39827 reference "sec:Branches"
39834 \begin_layout Subsection
39838 \begin_layout Standard
39839 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39840 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39842 An example is the document class
39843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39850 with three custom insets.
39853 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39859 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39862 \begin_layout Subsection
39864 \begin_inset Index idx
39867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39876 \begin_layout Standard
39877 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39878 files in your document.
39879 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39890 \begin_layout Subsection
39892 \begin_inset Index idx
39895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39904 \begin_layout Standard
39905 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39912 reference "sec:Minipages"
39917 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39928 \begin_layout Subsection
39932 \begin_layout Standard
39933 Inserts a citation as described in section
39934 \begin_inset space ~
39938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39940 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39947 \begin_layout Subsection
39951 \begin_layout Standard
39952 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39953 \begin_inset space ~
39957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39959 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39966 \begin_layout Subsection
39970 \begin_layout Standard
39971 Inserts a label as described in section
39972 \begin_inset space ~
39976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39978 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39985 \begin_layout Subsection
39987 \begin_inset Index idx
39990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39997 \begin_inset Index idx
40000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40001 Longtables ! Caption
40009 \begin_layout Standard
40010 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40011 Floats are described in section
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40018 reference "sec:Floats"
40022 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40033 \begin_layout Subsection
40037 \begin_layout Standard
40038 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40045 reference "sec:Index"
40052 \begin_layout Subsection
40056 \begin_layout Standard
40057 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40064 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40071 \begin_layout Subsection
40075 \begin_layout Standard
40077 Tables are described in section
40078 \begin_inset space ~
40082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40084 reference "sec:Tables"
40091 \begin_layout Subsection
40095 \begin_layout Standard
40097 Graphics are described in section
40098 \begin_inset space ~
40102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40104 reference "sec:Graphics"
40111 \begin_layout Subsection
40115 \begin_layout Standard
40116 Inserts an URL as described in section
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40123 reference "sub:URLs"
40130 \begin_layout Subsection
40134 \begin_layout Standard
40135 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40136 \begin_inset space ~
40140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40142 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40149 \begin_layout Subsection
40153 \begin_layout Standard
40154 Inserts a footnote, see section
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40161 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40168 \begin_layout Subsection
40172 \begin_layout Standard
40173 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40174 \begin_inset space ~
40178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40180 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40187 \begin_layout Subsection
40191 \begin_layout Standard
40192 Inserts a short title, see section
40193 \begin_inset space ~
40197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40199 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40206 \begin_layout Subsection
40210 \begin_layout Standard
40211 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40212 \begin_inset space ~
40216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40218 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40225 \begin_layout Subsection
40227 \begin_inset Index idx
40230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40239 \begin_layout Standard
40240 Inserts a program listings box.
40241 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40243 Program Code Listings
40252 \begin_layout Subsection
40256 \begin_layout Standard
40257 Inserts the actual date.
40258 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40260 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40272 \begin_layout Section
40274 \begin_inset Index idx
40277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40286 \begin_layout Standard
40287 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40288 \begin_inset space ~
40291 of the current document.
40292 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40295 \begin_layout Subsection
40299 \begin_layout Standard
40300 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40301 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40307 \begin_inset space \space{}
40311 \begin_inset space ~
40315 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40316 \begin_inset space ~
40319 2.5 and use the menu
40322 \begin_inset space ~
40326 \begin_inset space ~
40333 \begin_inset space ~
40339 \begin_inset space ~
40343 \begin_inset space ~
40349 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40353 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40359 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40365 \begin_layout Standard
40366 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40367 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40370 \begin_layout Subsection
40371 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40375 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40379 \begin_layout Subsection
40383 \begin_layout Standard
40384 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40385 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40386 on a cross-reference box.
40389 \begin_layout Section
40391 \begin_inset Index idx
40394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40403 \begin_layout Subsection
40407 \begin_layout Standard
40408 Change Tracking is described in section
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40415 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40422 \begin_layout Subsection
40427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40437 \begin_layout Standard
40438 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40440 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40443 \begin_layout Standard
40444 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40449 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40452 \begin_layout Subsection
40456 \begin_layout Standard
40457 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40458 \begin_inset space ~
40462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40464 reference "sec:Navigating"
40469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40471 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40478 \begin_layout Subsection
40479 Start Appendix Here
40482 \begin_layout Standard
40483 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40484 position as described in section
40485 \begin_inset space ~
40489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40491 reference "sec:Appendices"
40498 \begin_layout Subsection
40502 \begin_layout Standard
40503 Un/compresses the current document.
40506 \begin_layout Subsection
40510 \begin_layout Standard
40511 The document settings are described in appendix
40512 \begin_inset space ~
40516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40518 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
40525 \begin_layout Section
40527 \begin_inset Index idx
40530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40539 \begin_layout Subsection
40543 \begin_layout Standard
40544 Spell checking is explained in section
40545 \begin_inset space ~
40549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40551 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40558 \begin_layout Subsection
40562 \begin_layout Standard
40563 The thesaurus is described in section
40564 \begin_inset space ~
40568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40570 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40577 \begin_layout Subsection
40579 \begin_inset Index idx
40582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 \begin_inset Index idx
40592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40601 \begin_layout Standard
40602 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
40603 highlighted document part.
40606 \begin_layout Subsection
40608 \begin_inset Index idx
40611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40620 \begin_layout Standard
40621 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40624 \begin_layout Subsection
40626 \begin_inset Index idx
40629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40630 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40641 Reconfiguration of LyX
40645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40658 \begin_inset Index idx
40661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40662 Reconfiguration of LyX
40670 \begin_layout Standard
40671 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40672 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40673 \begin_inset space ~
40677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40679 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40686 \begin_layout Subsection
40690 \begin_layout Standard
40691 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40698 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40705 \begin_layout Section
40707 \begin_inset Index idx
40710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40719 \begin_layout Standard
40720 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40724 \begin_layout Standard
40728 \begin_inset space ~
40733 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40734 found by LyX (see also section
40735 \begin_inset space ~
40739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40741 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40748 \begin_layout Section
40750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40752 name "sec:Toolbars"
40759 \begin_layout Standard
40760 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40761 \begin_inset space ~
40765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40767 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40774 \begin_layout Standard
40775 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40776 This is described in the
40778 Additional Features
40783 \begin_layout Subsection
40785 \begin_inset Index idx
40788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40797 \begin_layout Standard
40798 \begin_inset Graphics
40799 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40807 \begin_layout Standard
40808 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40814 \begin_layout Standard
40815 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40832 \begin_inset Note Note
40835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40836 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40841 manual for more information.
40849 \begin_layout Standard
40850 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40856 \begin_layout Standard
40857 \begin_inset Tabular
40858 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40859 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40861 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40867 \begin_inset Graphics
40868 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40882 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40895 \begin_layout Standard
40896 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40902 \begin_layout Standard
40904 \begin_inset Tabular
40905 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40906 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40907 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40908 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40932 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40962 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40992 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41008 arg "dialog-show print"
41016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41029 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41052 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41059 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41082 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41112 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41142 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41172 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41202 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41218 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41232 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41256 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41270 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41271 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
41301 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41303 \begin_inset space ~
41314 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41335 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
41337 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41339 \begin_inset space ~
41350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41359 arg "textstyle-apply"
41367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41371 Formats text using the current settings in the
41373 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41375 \begin_inset space ~
41386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41410 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41412 \begin_inset space ~
41421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41430 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41451 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 arg "tabular-insert"
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41488 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41500 Toggle outline window on/off,
41502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41518 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41530 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41536 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41545 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41557 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41570 \begin_layout Subsection
41572 \begin_inset Index idx
41575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41584 \begin_layout Standard
41585 \begin_inset Graphics
41586 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41594 \begin_layout Standard
41595 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41601 \begin_layout Standard
41602 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41606 \begin_layout Standard
41607 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41613 \begin_layout Standard
41614 \begin_inset Tabular
41615 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41616 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41617 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41618 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41646 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41655 arg "layout Enumerate"
41663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41682 arg "layout Itemize"
41690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41736 arg "layout Description"
41744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41763 arg "depth-increment"
41771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41777 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41779 \begin_inset space ~
41783 \begin_inset space ~
41792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41801 arg "depth-decrement"
41809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41815 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41817 \begin_inset space ~
41821 \begin_inset space ~
41830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41839 arg "float-insert figure"
41847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41854 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41861 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41870 arg "float-insert table"
41878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41885 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41922 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41931 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41952 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41961 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42007 \begin_inset space ~
42016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42025 arg "nomencl-insert"
42033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42041 \begin_inset space ~
42050 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42059 arg "footnote-insert"
42067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42089 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42114 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42138 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42140 \begin_inset space ~
42149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42158 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42232 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42263 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42278 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42285 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42294 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42309 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42311 \begin_inset space ~
42320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42329 arg "dialog-show character"
42337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42345 \begin_inset space ~
42354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42363 arg "layout-paragraph"
42371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42379 \begin_inset space ~
42388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42397 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42411 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42425 \begin_layout Subsection
42426 View / Update Toolbar
42427 \begin_inset Index idx
42430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42431 Toolbar ! View / Update
42439 \begin_layout Standard
42440 \begin_inset Graphics
42441 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42448 \begin_layout Standard
42449 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42455 \begin_layout Standard
42456 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42460 \begin_layout Standard
42461 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42467 \begin_layout Standard
42468 \begin_inset Tabular
42469 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42470 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42471 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42472 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42496 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42512 arg "buffer-update"
42520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42526 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42542 arg "master-buffer-view"
42550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42556 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42572 arg "master-buffer-update"
42580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42586 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42602 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42616 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42617 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42618 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42619 Synchronize with Output
42625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42630 \begin_inset Graphics
42631 filename ../images/view-others.png
42633 groupId toolbarbuttons
42644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42650 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42651 View (Other Formats)
42657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42662 \begin_inset Graphics
42663 filename ../images/update-others.png
42665 groupId toolbarbuttons
42674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42680 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42681 Update (Other Formats)
42694 \begin_layout Standard
42695 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42699 \begin_layout Subsection
42703 \begin_layout Standard
42704 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42705 \begin_inset space ~
42709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42711 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42715 , the table toolbar
42716 \begin_inset Index idx
42719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42729 manual, the math macro toolbar
42730 \begin_inset Index idx
42733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 \begin_layout Chapter
42747 The Document Settings
42748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42750 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42755 \begin_inset Index idx
42758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42759 Document ! Settings
42767 \begin_layout Standard
42768 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42769 whole document and is called with the menu
42771 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42775 You can save your document settings as default with th
42777 e Save as Document Defaults
42779 button in the dialog.
42780 This will create a template named
42784 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42788 \begin_layout Standard
42789 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42792 \begin_layout Section
42796 \begin_layout Standard
42797 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42799 Document classes are described in section
42800 \begin_inset space ~
42804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42806 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42811 Some classes use some class options by default.
42812 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42816 and you can decide to use them or not.
42817 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42818 recommended not to touch them.
42819 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42825 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42826 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42832 When you want one of the following drivers
42833 \begin_inset Newline newline
42836 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42837 \begin_inset Newline newline
42840 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42845 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42847 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42859 \begin_layout Standard
42860 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42861 child or subdocument.
42862 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42863 without its master.
42864 This way child documents are always compilable.
42865 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42876 \begin_layout Section
42880 \begin_layout Standard
42881 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42882 Please refer to the section
42890 manual for details.
42893 \begin_layout Section
42897 \begin_layout Standard
42898 Modules are explained in section
42899 \begin_inset space ~
42903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42905 reference "sub:Modules"
42912 \begin_layout Section
42916 \begin_layout Standard
42917 The document font settings are described in section
42918 \begin_inset space ~
42922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42924 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42931 \begin_layout Section
42935 \begin_layout Standard
42936 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42938 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42942 \begin_layout Standard
42943 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42944 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42945 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42948 \begin_layout Standard
42949 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42957 \begin_layout Section
42961 \begin_layout Standard
42962 A description of this menu is given in section
42963 \begin_inset space ~
42967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42969 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
42974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42976 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42983 \begin_layout Section
42987 \begin_layout Standard
42988 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42989 \begin_inset space ~
42993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42995 reference "sub:Margins"
43002 \begin_layout Section
43004 \begin_inset Index idx
43007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43008 Language ! Encoding
43016 \begin_layout Standard
43017 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43018 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43019 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43020 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43021 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43022 known for a particular character).
43026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43027 The known commands are defined in a text file.
43028 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43033 manual for details.
43041 \begin_layout Standard
43042 If you use the option
43046 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43047 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43048 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43049 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43050 exactly one encoding.
43051 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43054 \begin_layout Standard
43055 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43056 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43057 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
43058 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43059 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43060 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43065 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43066 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43067 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43068 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43069 engines to standard LaTeX.
43070 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43071 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43074 \begin_inset space ~
43081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43093 \begin_inset space ~
43100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43112 \begin_inset space ~
43118 \begin_inset space ~
43122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43124 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43128 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
43131 \begin_layout Standard
43132 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43135 \begin_layout Description
43137 \begin_inset space ~
43141 \begin_inset space ~
43145 \begin_inset space ~
43152 , but the LaTeX-package
43157 \begin_inset Index idx
43160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43161 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43167 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43168 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43169 languages in TeX code.
43172 \begin_layout Description
43173 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43174 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43175 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43178 \begin_layout Description
43180 \begin_inset space ~
43184 \begin_inset space ~
43187 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43190 \begin_layout Description
43192 \begin_inset space ~
43196 \begin_inset space ~
43199 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43202 \begin_layout Description
43204 \begin_inset space ~
43207 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43210 \begin_layout Description
43212 \begin_inset space ~
43216 \begin_inset space ~
43219 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43220 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43223 \begin_layout Description
43225 \begin_inset space ~
43229 \begin_inset space ~
43232 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43236 \begin_layout Description
43238 \begin_inset space ~
43242 \begin_inset space ~
43245 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43246 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43249 \begin_layout Description
43251 \begin_inset space ~
43255 \begin_inset space ~
43259 \begin_inset space ~
43262 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43263 \begin_inset space ~
43269 \begin_layout Description
43271 \begin_inset space ~
43275 \begin_inset space ~
43279 \begin_inset space ~
43282 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43283 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43286 \begin_layout Description
43288 \begin_inset space ~
43292 \begin_inset space ~
43295 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43296 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43297 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43298 \begin_inset space ~
43302 \begin_inset space ~
43308 \begin_layout Description
43310 \begin_inset space ~
43314 \begin_inset space ~
43317 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43318 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43319 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43320 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43321 \begin_inset space ~
43325 \begin_inset space ~
43331 \begin_layout Description
43333 \begin_inset space ~
43337 \begin_inset space ~
43340 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43343 \begin_layout Description
43345 \begin_inset space ~
43349 \begin_inset space ~
43352 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43355 \begin_layout Description
43357 \begin_inset space ~
43361 \begin_inset space ~
43364 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43367 \begin_layout Description
43369 \begin_inset space ~
43372 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
43375 \begin_layout Description
43377 \begin_inset space ~
43380 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
43383 \begin_layout Description
43385 \begin_inset space ~
43389 \begin_inset space ~
43392 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
43395 \begin_layout Description
43397 \begin_inset space ~
43401 \begin_inset space ~
43407 \begin_layout Description
43409 \begin_inset space ~
43413 \begin_inset space ~
43416 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
43419 \begin_layout Description
43421 \begin_inset space ~
43425 \begin_inset space ~
43431 \begin_layout Description
43433 \begin_inset space ~
43437 \begin_inset space ~
43440 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43445 \begin_inset Index idx
43448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43449 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43454 , when using this, set the document language to
43459 \begin_layout Description
43461 \begin_inset space ~
43465 \begin_inset space ~
43468 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43472 , when using this, set the document language to
43475 \begin_inset space ~
43481 \begin_layout Description
43483 \begin_inset space ~
43487 \begin_inset space ~
43490 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43495 \begin_inset Index idx
43498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43499 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
43504 , when using this, set the document language to
43509 \begin_layout Description
43511 \begin_inset space ~
43515 \begin_inset space ~
43518 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43522 , when using this, set the document language to
43527 \begin_layout Description
43529 \begin_inset space ~
43533 \begin_inset space ~
43536 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43540 , when using this, set the document language to
43545 \begin_layout Description
43547 \begin_inset space ~
43550 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43553 \begin_layout Description
43555 \begin_inset space ~
43559 \begin_inset space ~
43563 \begin_inset space ~
43566 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43569 \begin_layout Description
43571 \begin_inset space ~
43575 \begin_inset space ~
43579 \begin_inset space ~
43582 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43583 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43584 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43587 \begin_layout Description
43589 \begin_inset space ~
43593 \begin_inset space ~
43599 \begin_layout Description
43601 \begin_inset space ~
43605 \begin_inset space ~
43608 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43609 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43612 \begin_layout Description
43614 \begin_inset space ~
43618 \begin_inset space ~
43621 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43626 \begin_inset Index idx
43629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43630 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43635 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43638 \begin_layout Description
43640 \begin_inset space ~
43644 \begin_inset space ~
43647 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43655 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43660 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43662 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43665 \begin_layout Description
43667 \begin_inset space ~
43671 \begin_inset space ~
43674 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43679 \begin_inset Index idx
43682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43683 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43688 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43691 \begin_layout Description
43693 \begin_inset space ~
43696 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43701 \begin_inset Index idx
43704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43705 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43711 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43715 \begin_layout Description
43717 \begin_inset space ~
43721 \begin_inset space ~
43725 \begin_inset space ~
43728 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43729 \begin_inset space ~
43735 \begin_layout Description
43737 \begin_inset space ~
43741 \begin_inset space ~
43745 \begin_inset space ~
43748 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43749 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43750 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43754 \begin_layout Description
43756 \begin_inset space ~
43760 \begin_inset space ~
43764 \begin_inset space ~
43767 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43768 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43771 \begin_layout Standard
43772 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43776 LatexCommand formatted
43777 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43781 for more information on the language package.
43784 \begin_layout Section
43788 \begin_layout Standard
43789 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43790 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43791 \begin_inset space ~
43795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43797 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43804 \begin_layout Section
43808 \begin_layout Standard
43809 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43814 \begin_inset Index idx
43817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43818 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43828 \begin_inset Index idx
43831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43832 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43837 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43842 \begin_inset Index idx
43845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43846 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43851 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43853 For a further description see section
43854 \begin_inset space ~
43858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43860 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43867 \begin_layout Section
43871 \begin_layout Standard
43872 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43873 and you can define additional indexes.
43874 Please refer to section
43875 \begin_inset space ~
43879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43881 reference "sec:Index"
43888 \begin_layout Section
43892 \begin_layout Standard
43893 The PDF properties are explained in section
43894 \begin_inset space ~
43898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43900 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43907 \begin_layout Section
43911 \begin_layout Standard
43912 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43917 \begin_inset Index idx
43920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43921 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43931 \begin_inset Index idx
43934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43935 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43940 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43943 \begin_layout Standard
43948 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43949 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43952 \begin_layout Standard
43957 is used for special integral characters.
43960 \begin_layout Section
43964 \begin_layout Standard
43965 The float placement options are described in section
43966 \begin_inset space ~
43970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43972 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
43979 \begin_layout Section
43983 \begin_layout Standard
43984 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43985 The itemize environment is described in section
43986 \begin_inset space ~
43990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43992 reference "sec:Itemize"
43999 \begin_layout Section
44003 \begin_layout Standard
44004 Branches are described in section
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44011 reference "sec:Branches"
44018 \begin_layout Section
44020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44022 name "sec:Doc-Output"
44029 \begin_layout Standard
44030 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
44033 \begin_layout Description
44035 \begin_inset space ~
44039 \begin_inset space ~
44042 Format: The format that is used when you hit
44043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44062 View Master Document
44063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44070 Update Master Document
44071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44078 menu or the toolbar.
44079 The default is set in
44081 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44082 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44087 LatexCommand formatted
44088 reference "sec:File-Formats"
44095 \begin_layout Description
44097 \begin_inset space ~
44101 \begin_inset space ~
44105 \begin_inset Note Note
44108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44117 \begin_layout Description
44119 \begin_inset space ~
44123 \begin_inset space ~
44127 \begin_inset Note Note
44130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44139 \begin_layout Section
44144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44154 \begin_layout Standard
44155 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
44156 to define LaTeX-commands.
44157 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
44158 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
44162 \begin_layout Standard
44163 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
44164 \begin_inset space ~
44168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44170 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
44177 \begin_layout Chapter
44183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44185 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
44190 \begin_inset Index idx
44193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44202 \begin_layout Standard
44203 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
44205 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44209 It has the following submenus.
44212 \begin_layout Section
44216 \begin_layout Subsection
44220 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44221 User Interface File
44222 \begin_inset Index idx
44225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44226 Customization ! of toolbars
44232 \begin_inset Index idx
44235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44236 Customization ! of menus
44244 \begin_layout Standard
44245 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44253 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
44262 \begin_layout Standard
44263 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
44264 interface (ui) file.
44265 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
44266 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
44275 Both files are loaded by the
44280 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
44281 files and edit the entries.
44284 \begin_layout Standard
44285 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
44297 entries must be ended with an explicit
44322 and in the case of the
44323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44335 The syntax for the entries is:
44338 \begin_layout Standard
44339 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44367 \begin_layout Standard
44369 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44372 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
44374 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44376 \begin_inset space ~
44384 \begin_layout Standard
44385 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
44391 \begin_layout Standard
44392 An example: Assuming you use the menu
44394 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44397 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
44401 \begin_layout Standard
44402 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44426 \begin_layout Standard
44428 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
44431 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
44434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44438 \begin_layout Standard
44441 Enable tool tips in main work area
44443 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
44447 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44451 \begin_layout Standard
44455 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44462 restoring of window layout and geometries
44464 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
44465 in the last LyX session.
44468 \begin_layout Standard
44471 Restore cursor positions
44473 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
44477 \begin_layout Standard
44480 Load opened files from last session
44482 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
44485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44489 name "sub:Backup documents"
44494 \begin_inset Index idx
44497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44506 \begin_layout Standard
44511 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
44514 \begin_layout Standard
44519 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
44522 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44524 \begin_inset space ~
44532 \begin_layout Standard
44535 Open documents in tabs
44537 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44541 \begin_layout Subsection
44543 \begin_inset Index idx
44546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44555 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44562 \begin_layout Standard
44563 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44566 \begin_layout Standard
44567 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44575 This section only deals with the fonts
44580 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44583 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44584 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44595 \begin_layout Standard
44596 By default, LyX uses
44600 as roman (serif) font,
44608 (depends on the system) as
44611 \begin_inset space ~
44627 \begin_layout Standard
44628 You can change the font size with the
44633 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44634 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44637 \begin_layout Standard
44642 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44643 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44648 points have the size of 1
44649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44653 \begin_inset space ~
44657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44659 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44666 \begin_layout Standard
44671 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44676 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44677 \begin_inset space ~
44681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44683 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44690 \begin_layout Standard
44693 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44695 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44696 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44697 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44698 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44700 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44701 \begin_inset space ~
44707 \begin_layout Subsection
44709 \begin_inset Index idx
44712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44719 \begin_inset Index idx
44722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44731 \begin_layout Standard
44732 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44733 Choose an item in the list and use the
44740 \begin_layout Subsection
44742 \begin_inset Index idx
44745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44754 \begin_layout Standard
44755 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44758 \begin_layout Standard
44763 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44764 This feature is described in section
44765 \begin_inset space ~
44769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44771 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44778 \begin_layout Standard
44782 \begin_inset space ~
44786 \begin_inset space ~
44790 \begin_inset space ~
44795 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44798 \begin_layout Section
44800 \begin_inset Index idx
44803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44812 \begin_layout Subsection
44816 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44820 \begin_layout Standard
44823 Cursor follows scrollbar
44825 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44829 \begin_layout Standard
44830 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44835 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44836 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44839 \begin_layout Standard
44842 Sort environments alphabetically
44844 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44847 \begin_layout Standard
44850 Group environments by their category
44852 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44855 \begin_layout Standard
44856 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44872 \begin_layout Standard
44873 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44878 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44879 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44883 \begin_layout Subsection
44885 \begin_inset Index idx
44888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44895 \begin_inset Index idx
44898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44899 Settings ! Shortcuts
44907 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44911 \begin_layout Standard
44912 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44913 Several binding files are available:
44916 \begin_layout Description
44917 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44920 \begin_layout Description
44921 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44932 \begin_layout Description
44933 mac.bind set of bindings for
44936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44944 \begin_layout Standard
44945 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44949 , and bind files for special languages.
44950 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44955 \begin_inset space \space{}
44959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44967 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44971 \begin_layout Standard
44972 Some bind-files, like
44976 , have only a small scope.
44977 When looking at the end of the file
44981 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44984 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44988 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44993 \begin_inset Index idx
44996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44997 Key Bindings ! Editing
45005 \begin_layout Standard
45006 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
45007 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
45008 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
45011 Show key-bindings containing
45014 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
45015 Insert there for example as keyword
45016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45023 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
45025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45033 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
45034 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
45038 that you will find in the
45045 \begin_layout Standard
45047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45051 \begin_inset space \space{}
45062 , select the function and press the
45067 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
45068 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
45069 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
45070 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
45071 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
45073 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
45075 The binding for the function
45079 is an example of this.
45082 \begin_layout Standard
45083 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
45085 The syntax of the entries is:
45088 \begin_layout Standard
45094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45112 \begin_layout Subsection
45114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45116 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
45121 \begin_inset Index idx
45124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45131 \begin_inset Index idx
45134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45135 Settings ! Keyboard Map
45143 \begin_layout Standard
45144 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
45145 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
45147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45151 \begin_inset space \space{}
45154 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
45155 can use the keyboard map file named
45162 \begin_layout Standard
45163 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45171 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
45179 \begin_layout Standard
45180 Besides this, you can specify here the
45182 Wheel scrolling speed
45185 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
45189 \begin_layout Subsection
45191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45193 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
45198 \begin_inset Index idx
45201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45210 \begin_layout Standard
45211 Input completion is described in sec.
45212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45218 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
45223 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
45225 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
45226 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
45230 \begin_layout Section
45232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45239 \begin_inset Index idx
45242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45249 \begin_inset Index idx
45252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45261 \begin_layout Description
45263 \begin_inset space ~
45266 directory This is LyX's working directory.
45267 It is the default when you
45278 \begin_inset space ~
45286 \begin_layout Description
45288 \begin_inset space ~
45291 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
45293 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45295 \begin_inset space ~
45299 \begin_inset space ~
45307 \begin_layout Description
45309 \begin_inset space ~
45312 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
45318 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45322 \begin_inset Newline newline
45326 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45338 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
45346 \begin_layout Description
45348 \begin_inset space ~
45352 \begin_inset Index idx
45355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45361 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
45362 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
45363 \begin_inset space ~
45367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45369 reference "sub:Backup documents"
45377 will be used to save the backups.
45378 \begin_inset Newline newline
45381 The backup files have the ending
45382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45392 \begin_layout Description
45397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45404 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
45405 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
45406 \begin_inset Newline newline
45410 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45418 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
45426 \begin_layout Description
45428 \begin_inset space ~
45431 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
45434 \begin_layout Description
45436 \begin_inset space ~
45439 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
45440 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
45441 to find it on the system.
45442 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
45443 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
45445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45452 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
45453 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
45457 \begin_layout Section
45461 \begin_layout Standard
45462 Here you can insert your name and email address.
45463 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
45465 \begin_inset space ~
45469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45471 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
45475 , to mark changes you make as yours.
45478 \begin_layout Section
45480 \begin_inset Index idx
45483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45484 Language ! Settings
45490 \begin_inset Index idx
45493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45494 Settings ! Language
45502 \begin_layout Subsection
45504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45506 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45513 \begin_layout Description
45515 \begin_inset space ~
45519 \begin_inset space ~
45522 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45523 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45524 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45525 You find the actual translation status here:
45526 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45528 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45529 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45536 \begin_layout Description
45538 \begin_inset space ~
45541 language is the language used in new documents
45544 \begin_layout Description
45546 \begin_inset space ~
45549 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45551 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45552 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45569 The most widespread language package is
45573 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45574 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45575 with an alternative language package (
45579 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45580 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45582 \begin_inset Newline newline
45585 The available selections are:
45589 \begin_layout Itemize
45599 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45603 \begin_layout Itemize
45609 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45610 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45611 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45614 \begin_layout Itemize
45620 Lets you load some other language package (via
45633 \begin_layout Itemize
45639 Loads no language package at all
45643 \begin_layout Description
45645 \begin_inset space ~
45649 \begin_inset space ~
45652 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45656 \begin_layout Description
45658 \begin_inset space ~
45661 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45662 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45663 An example is the start command
45669 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45674 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45689 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45694 \begin_layout Description
45696 \begin_inset space ~
45704 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45705 command toggles the package on and off.
45708 \begin_layout Description
45710 \begin_inset space ~
45714 \begin_inset space ~
45717 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45718 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45719 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45720 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45727 \begin_layout Description
45729 \begin_inset space ~
45732 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45734 When this option is not set, the
45737 \begin_inset space ~
45742 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45743 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45746 \begin_inset space ~
45754 \begin_layout Description
45756 \begin_inset space ~
45762 \begin_inset space ~
45768 When it is not set, the
45771 \begin_inset space ~
45776 is set to the end of the document.
45779 \begin_layout Description
45781 \begin_inset space ~
45785 \begin_inset space ~
45788 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45789 language will be underlined blue.
45792 \begin_layout Description
45794 \begin_inset space ~
45798 \begin_inset space ~
45801 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45802 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45805 \begin_layout Description
45807 \begin_inset space ~
45810 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45811 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45812 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45813 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45816 \begin_layout Subsection
45820 \begin_layout Standard
45821 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45822 \begin_inset space ~
45826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45828 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45835 \begin_layout Section
45839 \begin_layout Subsection
45841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45848 \begin_inset Index idx
45851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45858 \begin_inset Index idx
45861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45870 \begin_layout Description
45872 \begin_inset space ~
45875 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45876 The name will be used when the
45881 \begin_inset Newline newline
45885 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45893 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45901 \begin_layout Description
45903 \begin_inset space ~
45907 \begin_inset space ~
45911 \begin_inset space ~
45914 printer This option works only for the
45919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45931 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45932 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45935 \begin_layout Description
45937 \begin_inset space ~
45940 command is the command LyX
45941 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45948 LaTeX uses for printing.
45949 The default is on most systems
45956 \begin_layout Description
45958 \begin_inset space ~
45962 \begin_inset space ~
45965 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45966 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45967 of the program that provides the
45974 \begin_layout Subsection
45976 \begin_inset Index idx
45979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45986 \begin_inset Index idx
45989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45990 Settings ! Date format
45998 \begin_layout Standard
45999 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
46000 \begin_inset Newline newline
46004 \begin_inset Flex URL
46007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46009 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
46015 \begin_inset Newline newline
46018 For example the format
46019 \begin_inset Newline newline
46023 \begin_inset Newline newline
46026 prints the date as day/month/year.
46029 \begin_layout Subsection
46033 \begin_layout Description
46035 \begin_inset space ~
46039 \begin_inset space ~
46042 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
46045 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46046 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46048 \begin_inset space ~
46054 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
46058 \begin_layout Description
46060 \begin_inset space ~
46063 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
46068 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
46069 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
46072 \begin_layout Subsection
46077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46087 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
46092 \begin_inset Index idx
46095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46104 \begin_layout Description
46106 \begin_inset space ~
46113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46121 \begin_inset space ~
46125 \begin_inset space ~
46128 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
46133 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
46155 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
46156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46168 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
46169 LyX sets up in the background.
46170 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
46173 \begin_layout Description
46175 \begin_inset space ~
46179 \begin_inset space ~
46182 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
46187 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
46190 \begin_layout Standard
46191 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
46192 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
46193 manuals of the applications.
46194 Currently the following commands can be set:
46197 \begin_layout Description
46202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46210 \begin_inset space ~
46213 command Command for the program
46217 that is described in the section
46223 Additional Features
46228 \begin_layout Description
46233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46241 \begin_inset space ~
46244 command Command for the program
46248 that generates the bibliography, see section
46249 \begin_inset space ~
46253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46255 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
46262 \begin_layout Description
46264 \begin_inset space ~
46267 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
46268 \begin_inset space ~
46272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46274 reference "sub:Index-Program"
46281 \begin_layout Description
46283 \begin_inset space ~
46286 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
46287 \begin_inset space ~
46291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46293 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
46300 \begin_layout Description
46302 \begin_inset space ~
46306 \begin_inset space ~
46310 \begin_inset space ~
46314 \begin_inset space ~
46317 options They only have an effect when the program
46321 is used as DVI-viewer.
46324 \begin_layout Standard
46325 There are additionally the following options:
46328 \begin_layout Description
46330 \begin_inset space ~
46334 \begin_inset space ~
46338 \begin_inset space ~
46342 \begin_inset space ~
46346 \begin_inset space ~
46349 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
46350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46367 to separate folders.
46368 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
46369 \begin_inset Index idx
46372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46379 \begin_inset Index idx
46382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46391 \begin_layout Description
46393 \begin_inset space ~
46397 \begin_inset space ~
46401 \begin_inset space ~
46405 \begin_inset space ~
46409 \begin_inset space ~
46413 \begin_inset space ~
46416 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
46418 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46421 dialog when changing the document class.
46424 \begin_layout Section
46426 \begin_inset space ~
46430 \begin_inset Index idx
46433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46442 \begin_layout Subsection
46444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46446 name "sub:Converters"
46451 \begin_inset Index idx
46454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46463 \begin_layout Standard
46464 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
46465 from one format to another.
46466 You can modify them or create new ones.
46467 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
46474 \begin_inset space ~
46484 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46488 \begin_inset space ~
46493 drop-down list, modify the
46497 field, and press the
46504 \begin_layout Standard
46507 Converter File Cache
46509 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46512 Maximum Age (in days
46515 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46516 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46519 \begin_layout Standard
46520 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46521 the converter definition, is described in the section
46532 \begin_layout Subsection
46534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46536 name "sec:File-Formats"
46541 \begin_inset Index idx
46544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46551 \begin_inset Index idx
46554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46563 \begin_layout Standard
46564 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46565 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46569 \begin_layout Standard
46570 Furthermore, you can define the
46571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46574 Default output format
46575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46578 that is used when you hit
46579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46598 View Master Document
46599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46606 Update Master Document
46607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46610 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46613 \begin_layout Standard
46614 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46615 is described in the section
46626 \begin_layout Standard
46627 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46628 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46629 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46630 This is done by specifying a
46635 More about this is described in the section
46646 \begin_layout Chapter
46647 Units available in LyX
46648 \begin_inset Index idx
46651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46660 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46667 \begin_layout Standard
46668 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46671 reference "cap:Units"
46675 explains all units available in LyX.
46678 \begin_layout Standard
46679 \begin_inset Float table
46685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46686 \begin_inset Caption
46688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46689 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46704 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46712 \begin_inset Tabular
46713 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46714 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46715 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46716 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46816 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46867 scaled point (65536
46868 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46896 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46900 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46924 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46928 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46983 % of original image width
46990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47197 \begin_layout Chapter
47199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47208 \begin_layout Standard
47209 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
47210 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
47213 \begin_layout Itemize
47216 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
47219 \begin_layout Itemize
47225 \begin_layout Itemize
47231 \begin_layout Itemize
47237 \begin_layout Itemize
47243 \begin_layout Itemize
47249 \begin_layout Itemize
47255 \begin_layout Itemize
47261 \begin_layout Itemize
47264 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
47267 \begin_layout Itemize
47273 \begin_layout Itemize
47279 \begin_layout Itemize
47285 \begin_layout Itemize
47291 \begin_layout Itemize
47297 \begin_layout Itemize
47303 \begin_layout Itemize
47309 \begin_layout Itemize
47315 \begin_layout Itemize
47317 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
47326 \begin_layout Standard
47327 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47330 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
47337 \begin_layout Bibliography
47338 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47339 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47340 LatexCommand bibitem
47347 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47350 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
47355 \begin_inset Newline newline
47359 \begin_inset Flex URL
47362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47364 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
47372 \begin_layout Bibliography
47373 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47374 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47375 LatexCommand bibitem
47376 key "latexcompanion"
47380 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
47382 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
47385 Addison-Wesley, 2004
47388 \begin_layout Bibliography
47389 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47390 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47391 LatexCommand bibitem
47396 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
47399 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
47402 Addison-Wesley, 2003
47405 \begin_layout Bibliography
47406 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47408 LatexCommand bibitem
47415 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
47418 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
47421 \begin_layout Bibliography
47422 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47423 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47424 LatexCommand bibitem
47436 Addison-Wesley, 1984
47439 \begin_layout Bibliography
47440 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47442 LatexCommand bibitem
47448 \begin_inset Newline newline
47452 \begin_inset Flex URL
47455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47457 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
47465 \begin_layout Bibliography
47466 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47467 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47468 LatexCommand bibitem
47474 \begin_inset Newline newline
47478 \begin_inset Flex URL
47481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47483 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47491 \begin_layout Bibliography
47492 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47493 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47494 LatexCommand bibitem
47500 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47502 name "Documentation"
47503 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47512 \begin_inset Newline newline
47516 \begin_inset Flex URL
47519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47521 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47529 \begin_layout Bibliography
47530 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47531 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47532 LatexCommand bibitem
47538 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47540 name "Documentation"
47541 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47545 how to use the program
47550 \begin_inset Newline newline
47554 \begin_inset Flex URL
47557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47559 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47567 \begin_layout Bibliography
47568 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47569 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47570 LatexCommand bibitem
47576 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47578 name "Documentation"
47579 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
47588 \begin_inset Newline newline
47592 \begin_inset Flex URL
47595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47597 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
47605 \begin_layout Bibliography
47606 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47608 LatexCommand bibitem
47614 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47616 name "Documentation"
47617 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47626 \begin_inset Newline newline
47630 \begin_inset Flex URL
47633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47635 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47643 \begin_layout Bibliography
47644 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47645 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47646 LatexCommand bibitem
47652 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47654 name "Documentation"
47655 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47659 of the LaTeX-package
47664 \begin_inset Index idx
47667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47668 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47674 \begin_inset Newline newline
47678 \begin_inset Flex URL
47681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47683 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47691 \begin_layout Bibliography
47692 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47693 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47694 LatexCommand bibitem
47700 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47702 name "Documentation"
47703 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47707 of the LaTeX-package
47712 \begin_inset Index idx
47715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47716 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47722 \begin_inset Newline newline
47726 \begin_inset Flex URL
47729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47731 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47739 \begin_layout Bibliography
47740 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47742 LatexCommand bibitem
47748 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47750 name "Documentation"
47751 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47755 of the LaTeX-package
47760 \begin_inset Index idx
47763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47764 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47770 \begin_inset Newline newline
47774 \begin_inset Flex URL
47777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47779 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47787 \begin_layout Bibliography
47788 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47789 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47790 LatexCommand bibitem
47798 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47800 name "Documentation"
47801 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47807 of the LaTeX-package
47812 \begin_inset Index idx
47815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47816 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47822 \begin_inset Newline newline
47826 \begin_inset Flex URL
47829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47831 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47839 \begin_layout Bibliography
47840 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47841 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47842 LatexCommand bibitem
47848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47850 name "Documentation"
47851 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47855 of the LaTeX-package
47860 \begin_inset Index idx
47863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47864 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47870 \begin_inset Newline newline
47874 \begin_inset Flex URL
47877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47879 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47887 \begin_layout Bibliography
47888 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47889 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47890 LatexCommand bibitem
47896 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47898 name "Documentation"
47899 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47903 of the LaTeX-package
47908 \begin_inset Index idx
47911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47912 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47918 \begin_inset Newline newline
47922 \begin_inset Flex URL
47925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47927 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47935 \begin_layout Bibliography
47936 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47937 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47938 LatexCommand bibitem
47944 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47946 name "Documentation"
47947 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
47951 of the LaTeX-package
47956 \begin_inset Index idx
47959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47960 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
47966 \begin_inset Newline newline
47970 \begin_inset Flex URL
47973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47975 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
47983 \begin_layout Bibliography
47984 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47985 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47986 LatexCommand bibitem
47992 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47995 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47999 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
48000 \begin_inset Newline newline
48004 \begin_inset Flex URL
48007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48009 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
48017 \begin_layout Bibliography
48018 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48019 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48020 LatexCommand bibitem
48026 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48029 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
48033 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
48034 \begin_inset Newline newline
48038 \begin_inset Flex URL
48041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48043 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
48051 \begin_layout Bibliography
48052 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48053 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48054 LatexCommand bibitem
48060 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48063 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
48067 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
48068 \begin_inset Newline newline
48072 \begin_inset Flex URL
48075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48077 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
48085 \begin_layout Bibliography
48086 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48087 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48088 LatexCommand bibitem
48094 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48097 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
48101 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
48102 \begin_inset Newline newline
48106 \begin_inset Flex URL
48109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48111 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
48119 \begin_layout Bibliography
48120 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48121 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48122 LatexCommand bibitem
48128 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48131 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
48135 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
48136 \begin_inset Newline newline
48140 \begin_inset Flex URL
48143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48145 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
48153 \begin_layout Bibliography
48154 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48155 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48156 LatexCommand bibitem
48162 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48165 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
48169 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
48170 \begin_inset Newline newline
48174 \begin_inset Flex URL
48177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48179 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
48187 \begin_layout Bibliography
48188 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48189 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48190 LatexCommand bibitem
48196 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48199 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
48203 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
48204 \begin_inset Newline newline
48208 \begin_inset Flex URL
48211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48213 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
48221 \begin_layout Bibliography
48222 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48223 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48224 LatexCommand bibitem
48230 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48233 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
48237 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
48238 \begin_inset Newline newline
48242 \begin_inset Flex URL
48245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48247 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
48255 \begin_layout Bibliography
48256 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48257 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48258 LatexCommand bibitem
48264 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48267 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
48271 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
48272 \begin_inset Newline newline
48276 \begin_inset Flex URL
48279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48281 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
48289 \begin_layout Bibliography
48290 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48291 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48292 LatexCommand bibitem
48298 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48301 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
48305 about new features in
48310 \begin_inset Newline newline
48314 \begin_inset Flex URL
48317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48319 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
48327 \begin_layout Standard
48328 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48362 \begin_inset Note Note
48365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48372 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
48373 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
48374 bibliography is the second one:
48382 \begin_layout Standard
48383 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
48384 LatexCommand bibtex
48385 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
48386 options "biblio/alphadin"
48393 \begin_layout Standard
48394 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
48397 \begin_layout Standard
48398 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
48399 LatexCommand printnomenclature
48405 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
48406 LatexCommand printindex